IT Exam Questions and Solutions Library

A global company hosts its web application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The web application has static data and dynamic data. The company stores its static data in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company wants to improve performance and reduce latency for the static data and dynamic data. The company is using its own domain name registered with Amazon Route 53.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution that has the S3 bucket and the ALB as origins. Configure Route 53 to route traffic to the CloudFront distribution.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution that has the ALB as an origin. Create an AWS Global Accelerator standard accelerator that has the S3 bucket as an endpoint Configure Route 53 to route traffic to the CloudFront distribution.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution that has the S3 bucket as an origin. Create an AWS Global Accelerator standard accelerator that has the ALB and the CloudFront distribution as endpoints. Create a custom domain name that points to the accelerator DNS name. Use the custom domain name as an endpoint for the web application.

D. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution that has the ALB as an origin. Create an AWS Global Accelerator standard accelerator that has the S3 bucket as an endpoint. Create two domain names. Point one domain name to the CloudFront DNS name for dynamic content. Point the other domain name to the accelerator DNS name for static content. Use the domain names as endpoints for the web application.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company has an application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances and uses an Amazon Aurora database. The EC2 instances connect to the database by using user names and passwords that are stored locally in a file. The company wants to minimize the operational overhead of credential management.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Use AWS Secrets Manager. Turn on automatic rotation.

B. Use AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store. Turn on automatic rotation.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to store objects that are encrypted with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption key. Migrate the credential file to the S3 bucket. Point the application to the S3 bucket.

D. Create an encrypted Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume for each EC2 instance. Attach the new EBS volume to each EC2 instance. Migrate the credential file to the new EBS volume. Point the application to the new EBS volume.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company provides a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) service that uses UDP connections. The service consists of Amazon EC2 instances that run in an Auto Scaling group. The company has deployments across multiple AWS Regions.
The company needs to route users to the Region with the lowest latency. The company also needs automated failover between Regions.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy a Network Load Balancer (NLB) and an associated target group. Associate the target group with the Auto Scaling group. Use the NLB as an AWS Global Accelerator endpoint in each Region.

B. Deploy an Application Load Balancer (ALB) and an associated target group. Associate the target group with the Auto Scaling group. Use the ALB as an AWS Global Accelerator endpoint in each Region.

C. Deploy a Network Load Balancer (NLB) and an associated target group. Associate the target group with the Auto Scaling group. Create an Amazon Route 53 latency record that points to aliases for each NLB. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution that uses the latency record as an origin.

D. Deploy an Application Load Balancer (ALB) and an associated target group. Associate the target group with the Auto Scaling group. Create an Amazon Route 53 weighted record that points to aliases for each ALB. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront distribution that uses the weighted record as an origin.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company has an application that ingests incoming messages. Dozens of other applications and microservices then quickly consume these messages. The number of messages varies drastically and sometimes increases suddenly to 100,000 each second. The company wants to decouple the solution and increase scalability.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Persist the messages to Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics. Configure the consumer applications to read and process the messages.

B. Deploy the ingestion application on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group to scale the number of EC2 instances based on CPU metrics.

C. Write the messages to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams with a single shard. Use an AWS Lambda function to preprocess messages and store them in Amazon DynamoDB. Configure the consumer applications to read from DynamoDB to process the messages.

D. Publish the messages to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic with multiple Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SOS) subscriptions. Configure the consumer applications to process the messages from the queues.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company uses NFS to store large video files in on-premises network attached storage. Each video file ranges in size from 1 MB to 500 GB. The total storage is 70 TB and is no longer growing. The company decides to migrate the video files to Amazon S3. The company must migrate the video files as soon as possible while using the least possible network bandwidth.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an S3 bucket. Create an IAM role that has permissions to write to the S3 bucket. Use the AWS CLI to copy all files locally to the S3 bucket.

B. Create an AWS Snowball Edge job. Receive a Snowball Edge device on premises. Use the Snowball Edge client to transfer data to the device. Return the device so that AWS can import the data into Amazon S3.

C. Deploy an S3 File Gateway on premises. Create a public service endpoint to connect to the S3 File Gateway. Create an S3 bucket. Create a new NFS file share on the S3 File Gateway. Point the new file share to the S3 bucket. Transfer the data from the existing NFS file share to the S3 File Gateway.

D. Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection between the on-premises network and AWS. Deploy an S3 File Gateway on premises. Create a public virtual interface (VIF) to connect to the S3 File Gateway. Create an S3 bucket. Create a new NFS file share on the S3 File Gateway. Point the new file share to the S3 bucket. Transfer the data from the existing NFS file share to the S3 File Gateway.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company is hosting a web application on AWS using a single Amazon EC2 instance that stores user-uploaded documents in an Amazon EBS volume. For better scalability and availability, the company duplicated the architecture and created a second EC2 instance and EBS volume in another Availability Zone, placing both behind an Application Load Balancer. After completing this change, users reported that, each time they refreshed the website, they could see one subset of their documents or the other, but never all of the documents at the same time.
What should a solutions architect propose to ensure users see all of their documents at once?

A. Copy the data so both EBS volumes contain all the documents

B. Configure the Application Load Balancer to direct a user to the server with the documents

C. Copy the data from both EBS volumes to Amazon EFS. Modify the application to save new documents to Amazon EFS

D. Configure the Application Load Balancer to send the request to both servers. Return each document from the correct server








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is migrating a distributed application to AWS. The application serves variable workloads. The legacy platform consists of a primary server that coordinates jobs across multiple compute nodes. The company wants to modernize the application with a solution that maximizes resiliency and scalability.
How should a solutions architect design the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as a destination for the jobs. Implement the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are managed in an Auto Scaling group. Configure EC2 Auto Scaling to use scheduled scaling.

B. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as a destination for the jobs. Implement the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are managed in an Auto Scaling group. Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the size of the queue.

C. Implement the primary server and the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are managed in an Auto Scaling group. Configure AWS CloudTrail as a destination for the jobs. Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the load on the primary server.

D. Implement the primary server and the compute nodes with Amazon EC2 instances that are managed in an Auto Scaling group. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) as a destination for the jobs. Configure EC2 Auto Scaling based on the load on the compute nodes.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company needs the ability to analyze the log files of its proprietary application. The logs are stored in JSON format in an Amazon S3 bucket. Queries will be simple and will run on-demand. A solutions architect needs to perform the analysis with minimal changes to the existing architecture.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon Redshift to load all the content into one place and run the SQL queries as needed.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch Logs to store the logs. Run SQL queries as needed from the Amazon CloudWatch console.

C. Use Amazon Athena directly with Amazon S3 to run the queries as needed.

D. Use AWS Glue to catalog the logs. Use a transient Apache Spark cluster on Amazon EMR to run the SQL queries as needed.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company uses AWS Organizations to manage multiple AWS accounts for different departments. The management account has an Amazon S3 bucket that contains project reports. The company wants to limit access to this S3 bucket to only users of accounts within the organization in AWS Organizations.
Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Add the aws PrincipalOrgID global condition key with a reference to the organization ID to the S3 bucket policy.

B. Create an organizational unit (OU) for each department. Add the aws:PrincipalOrgPaths global condition key to the S3 bucket policy.

C. Use AWS CloudTrail to monitor the CreateAccount, InviteAccountToOrganization, LeaveOrganization, and RemoveAccountFromOrganization events. Update the S3 bucket policy accordingly.

D. Tag each user that needs access to the S3 bucket. Add the aws:PrincipalTag global condition key to the S3 bucket policy.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a three-tier web application that is deployed on AWS. The web servers are deployed in a public subnet in a VPC. The application servers and database servers are deployed in private subnets in the same VPC. The company has deployed a third-party virtual firewall appliance from AWS Marketplace in an inspection VPC. The appliance is configured with an IP interface that can accept IP packets.
A solutions architect needs to integrate the web application with the appliance to inspect all traffic to the application before the traffic reaches the web server.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a Network Load Balancer in the public subnet of the application's VPC to route the traffic to the appliance for packet inspection.

B. Create an Application Load Balancer in the public subnet of the application's VPC to route the traffic to the appliance for packet inspection.

C. Deploy a transit gateway in the inspection VPConfigure route tables to route the incoming packets through the transit gateway.

D. Deploy a Gateway Load Balancer in the inspection VPC. Create a Gateway Load Balancer endpoint to receive the incoming packets and forward the packets to the appliance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: D

A company collects data for temperature, humidity, and atmospheric pressure in cities across multiple continents. The average volume of data that the company collects from each site daily is 500 GB. Each site has a high-speed Internet connection.
The company wants to aggregate the data from all these global sites as quickly as possible in a single Amazon S3 bucket. The solution must minimize operational complexity.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Turn on S3 Transfer Acceleration on the destination S3 bucket. Use multipart uploads to directly upload site data to the destination S3 bucket.

B. Upload the data from each site to an S3 bucket in the closest Region. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication to copy objects to the destination S3 bucket. Then remove the data from the origin S3 bucket.

C. Schedule AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device jobs daily to transfer data from each site to the closest Region. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication to copy objects to the destination S3 bucket.

D. Upload the data from each site to an Amazon EC2 instance in the closest Region. Store the data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. At regular intervals, take an EBS snapshot and copy it to the Region that contains the destination S3 bucket. Restore the EBS volume in that Region.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An ecommerce company wants to launch a one-deal-a-day website on AWS. Each day will feature exactly one product on sale for a period of 24 hours. The company wants to be able to handle millions of requests each hour with millisecond latency during peak hours.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon S3 to host the full website in different S3 buckets. Add Amazon CloudFront distributions. Set the S3 buckets as origins for the distributions. Store the order data in Amazon S3.

B. Deploy the full website on Amazon EC2 instances that run in Auto Scaling groups across multiple Availability Zones. Add an Application Load Balancer (ALB) to distribute the website traffic. Add another ALB for the backend APIs. Store the data in Amazon RDS for MySQL.

C. Migrate the full application to run in containers. Host the containers on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). Use the Kubernetes Cluster Autoscaler to increase and decrease the number of pods to process bursts in traffic. Store the data in Amazon RDS for MySQL.

D. Use an Amazon S3 bucket to host the website's static content. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Set the S3 bucket as the origin. Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda functions for the backend APIs. Store the data in Amazon DynamoDB.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company performs monthly maintenance on its AWS infrastructure. During these maintenance activities, the company needs to rotate the credentials for its Amazon RDS for MySQL databases across multiple AWS Regions.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Store the credentials as secrets in AWS Secrets Manager. Use multi-Region secret replication for the required Regions. Configure Secrets Manager to rotate the secrets on a schedule.

B. Store the credentials as secrets in AWS Systems Manager by creating a secure string parameter. Use multi-Region secret replication for the required Regions. Configure Systems Manager to rotate the secrets on a schedule.

C. Store the credentials in an Amazon S3 bucket that has server-side encryption (SSE) enabled. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to invoke an AWS Lambda function to rotate the credentials.

D. Encrypt the credentials as secrets by using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) multi-Region customer managed keys. Store the secrets in an Amazon DynamoDB global table. Use an AWS Lambda function to retrieve the secrets from DynamoDB. Use the RDS API to rotate the secrets.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is running an SMB file server in its data center. The file server stores large files that are accessed frequently for the first few days after the files are created. After 7 days the files are rarely accessed.
The total data size is increasing and is close to the company's total storage capacity. A solutions architect must increase the company's available storage space without losing low-latency access to the most recently accessed files. The solutions architect must also provide file lifecycle management to avoid future storage issues.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to copy data that is older than 7 days from the SMB file server to AWS.

B. Create an Amazon S3 File Gateway to extend the company's storage space. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the data to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 7 days.

C. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system to extend the company's storage space.

D. Install a utility on each user's computer to access Amazon S3. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the data to S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 7 days.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

An application runs on an Amazon EC2 instance in a VPC. The application processes logs that are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. The EC2 instance needs to access the S3 bucket without connectivity to the internet.
Which solution will provide private network connectivity to Amazon S3?

A. Create a gateway VPC endpoint to the S3 bucket.

B. Stream the logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Export the logs to the S3 bucket.

C. Create an instance profile on Amazon EC2 to allow S3 access.

D. Create an Amazon API Gateway API with a private link to access the S3 endpoint.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company stores call transcript files on a monthly basis. Users access the files randomly within 1 year of the call, but users access the files infrequently after 1 year. The company wants to optimize its solution by giving users the ability to query and retrieve files that are less than 1-year-old as quickly as possible. A delay in retrieving older files is acceptable.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store individual files with tags in Amazon S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval. Query the tags to retrieve the files from S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval.

B. Store individual files in Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering. Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move the files to S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 1 year. Query and retrieve the files that are in Amazon S3 by using Amazon Athena. Query and retrieve the files that are in S3 Glacier by using S3 Glacier Select.

C. Store individual files with tags in Amazon S3 Standard storage. Store search metadata for each archive in Amazon S3 Standard storage. Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move the files to S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval after 1 year. Query and retrieve the files by searching for metadata from Amazon S3.

D. Store individual files in Amazon S3 Standard storage. Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move the files to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year. Store search metadata in Amazon RDS. Query the files from Amazon RDS. Retrieve the files from S3 Glacier Deep Archive.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company has an on-premises application that generates a large amount of time-sensitive data that is backed up to Amazon S3. The application has grown and there are user complaints about internet bandwidth limitations. A solutions architect needs to design a long-term solution that allows for both timely backups to Amazon S3 and with minimal impact on internet connectivity for internal users.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Establish AWS VPN connections and proxy all traffic through a VPC gateway endpoint.

B. Establish a new AWS Direct Connect connection and direct backup traffic through this new connection.

C. Order daily AWS Snowball devices. Load the data onto the Snowball devices and return the devices to AWS each day.

D. Submit a support ticket through the AWS Management Console. Request the removal of S3 service limits from the account.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has an application that provides marketing services to stores. The services are based on previous purchases by store customers. The stores upload transaction data to the company through SFTP, and the data is processed and analyzed to generate new marketing offers. Some of the files can exceed 200 GB in size.
Recently, the company discovered that some of the stores have uploaded files that contain personally identifiable information (PII) that should not have been included. The company wants administrators to be alerted if PII is shared again. The company also wants to automate remediation.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST development effort?

A. Use an Amazon S3 bucket as a secure transfer point. Use Amazon Inspector to scan the objects in the bucket. If objects contain PII, trigger an S3 Lifecycle policy to remove the objects that contain PII.

B. Use an Amazon S3 bucket as a secure transfer point. Use Amazon Macie to scan the objects in the bucket. If objects contain PII, use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to trigger a notification to the administrators to remove the objects that contain PII.

C. Implement custom scanning algorithms in an AWS Lambda function. Trigger the function when objects are loaded into the bucket. If objects contain PII, use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to trigger a notification to the administrators to remove the objects that contain PII.

D. Implement custom scanning algorithms in an AWS Lambda function. Trigger the function when objects are loaded into the bucket. If objects contain PII, use Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES) to trigger a notification to the administrators and trigger an S3 Lifecycle policy to remove the meats that contain PII.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company maintains a searchable repository of items on its website. The data is stored in an Amazon RDS for MySQL database table that contains more than 10 million rows. The database has 2 TB of General Purpose SSD storage. There are millions of updates against this data every day through the company's website.
The company has noticed that some insert operations are taking 10 seconds or longer. The company has determined that the database storage performance is the problem.
Which solution addresses this performance issue?

A. Change the storage type to Provisioned IOPS SSD.

B. Change the DB instance to a memory optimized instance class.

C. Change the DB instance to a burstable performance instance class.

D. Enable Multi-AZ RDS read replicas with MySQL native asynchronous replication.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company's application integrates with multiple software-as-a-service (SaaS) sources for data collection. The company runs Amazon EC2 instances to receive the data and to upload the data to an Amazon S3 bucket for analysis. The same EC2 instance that receives and uploads the data also sends a notification to the user when an upload is complete. The company has noticed slow application performance and wants to improve the performance as much as possible.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an Auto Scaling group so that EC2 instances can scale out. Configure an S3 event notification to send events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when the upload to the S3 bucket is complete.

B. Create an Amazon AppFlow flow to transfer data between each SaaS source and the S3 bucket. Configure an S3 event notification to send events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when the upload to the S3 bucket is complete.

C. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule for each SaaS source to send output data. Configure the S3 bucket as the rule's target. Create a second EventBridge (Cloud Watch Events) rule to send events when the upload to the S3 bucket is complete. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic as the second rule's target.

D. Create a Docker container to use instead of an EC2 instance. Host the containerized application on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Configure Amazon CloudWatch Container Insights to send events to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when the upload to the S3 bucket is complete.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is hosting a static website on Amazon S3 and is using Amazon Route 53 for DNS. The website is experiencing increased demand from around the world. The company must decrease latency for users who access the website.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Replicate the S3 bucket that contains the website to all AWS Regions. Add Route 53 geolocation routing entries.

B. Provision accelerators in AWS Global Accelerator. Associate the supplied IP addresses with the S3 bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to point to the IP addresses of the accelerators.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the S3 bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to point to the CloudFront distribution.

D. Enable S3 Transfer Acceleration on the bucket. Edit the Route 53 entries to point to the new endpoint.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has thousands of edge devices that collectively generate 1 TB of status alerts each day. Each alert is approximately 2 KB in size. A solutions architect needs to implement a solution to ingest and store the alerts for future analysis.
The company wants a highly available solution. However, the company needs to minimize costs and does not want to manage additional infrastructure. Additionally, the company wants to keep 14 days of data available for immediate analysis and archive any data older than 14 days.
What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to ingest the alerts. Configure the Kinesis Data Firehose stream to deliver the alerts to an Amazon S3 bucket. Set up an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition data to Amazon S3 Glacier after 14 days.

B. Launch Amazon EC2 instances across two Availability Zones and place them behind an Elastic Load Balancer to ingest the alerts. Create a script on the EC2 instances that will store the alerts in an Amazon S3 bucket. Set up an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition data to Amazon S3 Glacier after 14 days.

C. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to ingest the alerts. Configure the Kinesis Data Firehose stream to deliver the alerts to an Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service) cluster. Set up the Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service) cluster to take manual snapshots every day and delete data from the cluster that is older than 14 days.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) standard queue to ingest the alerts, and set the message retention period to 14 days. Configure consumers to poll the SQS queue, check the age of the message, and analyze the message data as needed. If the message is 14 days old, the consumer should copy the message to an Amazon S3 bucket and delete the message from the SQS queue.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company recently launched a variety of new workloads on Amazon EC2 instances in its AWS account. The company needs to create a strategy to access and administer the instances remotely and securely. The company needs to implement a repeatable process that works with native AWS services and follows the AWS Well-Architected Framework.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use the EC2 serial console to directly access the terminal interface of each instance for administration.

B. Attach the appropriate IAM role to each existing instance and new instance. Use AWS Systems Manager Session Manager to establish a remote SSH session.

C. Create an administrative SSH key pair. Load the public key into each EC2 instance. Deploy a bastion host in a public subnet to provide a tunnel for administration of each instance.

D. Establish an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection. Instruct administrators to use their local on-premises machines to connect directly to the instances by using SSH keys across the VPN tunnel.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is building an application in the AWS Cloud. The application will store data in Amazon S3 buckets in two AWS Regions. The company must use an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key to encrypt all data that is stored in the S3 buckets. The data in both S3 buckets must be encrypted and decrypted with the same KMS key. The data and the key must be stored in each of the two Regions.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an S3 bucket in each Region. Configure the S3 buckets to use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Configure replication between the S3 buckets.

B. Create a customer managed multi-Region KMS key. Create an S3 bucket in each Region. Configure replication between the S3 buckets. Configure the application to use the KMS key with client-side encryption.

C. Create a customer managed KMS key and an S3 bucket in each Region. Configure the S3 buckets to use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Configure replication between the S3 buckets.

D. Create a customer managed KMS key and an S3 bucket in each Region. Configure the S3 buckets to use server-side encryption with AWS KMS keys (SSE-KMS). Configure replication between the S3 buckets.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company is preparing to launch a public-facing web application in the AWS Cloud. The architecture consists of Amazon EC2 instances within a VPC behind an Elastic Load Balancer (ELB). A third-party service is used for the DNS. The company's solutions architect must recommend a solution to detect and protect against large-scale DDoS attacks.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Enable Amazon GuardDuty on the account.

B. Enable Amazon Inspector on the EC2 instances.

C. Enable AWS Shield and assign Amazon Route 53 to it.

D. Enable AWS Shield Advanced and assign the ELB to it.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs an online marketplace web application on AWS. The application serves hundreds of thousands of users during peak hours. The company needs a scalable, near-real-time solution to share the details of millions of financial transactions with several other internal applications. Transactions also need to be processed to remove sensitive data before being stored in a document database for low-latency retrieval.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Store the transactions data into Amazon DynamoDB. Set up a rule in DynamoDB to remove sensitive data from every transaction upon write. Use DynamoDB Streams to share the transactions data with other applications.

B. Stream the transactions data into Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to store data in Amazon DynamoDB and Amazon S3. Use AWS Lambda integration with Kinesis Data Firehose to remove sensitive data. Other applications can consume the data stored in Amazon S3.

C. Stream the transactions data into Amazon Kinesis Data Streams. Use AWS Lambda integration to remove sensitive data from every transaction and then store the transactions data in Amazon DynamoDB. Other applications can consume the transactions data off the Kinesis data stream.

D. Store the batched transactions data in Amazon S3 as files. Use AWS Lambda to process every file and remove sensitive data before updating the files in Amazon S3. The Lambda function then stores the data in Amazon DynamoDB. Other applications can consume transaction files stored in Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company that hosts its web application on AWS wants to ensure all Amazon EC2 instances. Amazon RDS DB instances. and Amazon Redshift clusters are configured with tags. The company wants to minimize the effort of configuring and operating this check.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Use AWS Config rules to define and detect resources that are not properly tagged.

B. Use Cost Explorer to display resources that are not properly tagged. Tag those resources manually.

C. Write API calls to check all resources for proper tag allocation. Periodically run the code on an EC2 instance.

D. Write API calls to check all resources for proper tag allocation. Schedule an AWS Lambda function through Amazon CloudWatch to periodically run the code.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A development team runs monthly resource-intensive tests on its general purpose Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance with Performance Insights enabled. The testing lasts for 48 hours once a month and is the only process that uses the database. The team wants to reduce the cost of running the tests without reducing the compute and memory attributes of the DB instance.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Stop the DB instance when tests are completed. Restart the DB instance when required.

B. Use an Auto Scaling policy with the DB instance to automatically scale when tests are completed.

C. Create a snapshot when tests are completed. Terminate the DB instance and restore the snapshot when required.

D. Modify the DB instance to a low-capacity instance when tests are completed. Modify the DB instance again when required.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a production workload that runs on 1,000 Amazon EC2 Linux instances. The workload is powered by third-party software. The company needs to patch the third-party software on all EC2 instances as quickly as possible to remediate a critical security vulnerability.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function to apply the patch to all EC2 instances.

B. Configure AWS Systems Manager Patch Manager to apply the patch to all EC2 instances.

C. Schedule an AWS Systems Manager maintenance window to apply the patch to all EC2 instances.

D. Use AWS Systems Manager Run Command to run a custom command that applies the patch to all EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is designing an application. The application uses an AWS Lambda function to receive information through Amazon API Gateway and to store the information in an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database.
During the proof-of-concept stage, the company has to increase the Lambda quotas significantly to handle the high volumes of data that the company needs to load into the database. A solutions architect must recommend a new design to improve scalability and minimize the configuration effort.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Refactor the Lambda function code to Apache Tomcat code that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. Connect the database by using native Java Database Connectivity (JDBC) drivers.

B. Change the platform from Aurora to Amazon DynamoDProvision a DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) cluster. Use the DAX client SDK to point the existing DynamoDB API calls at the DAX cluster.

C. Set up two Lambda functions. Configure one function to receive the information. Configure the other function to load the information into the database. Integrate the Lambda functions by using Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).

D. Set up two Lambda functions. Configure one function to receive the information. Configure the other function to load the information into the database. Integrate the Lambda functions by using an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is launching a new application and will display application metrics on an Amazon CloudWatch dashboard. The company's product manager needs to access this dashboard periodically. The product manager does not have an AWS account. A solutions architect must provide access to the product manager by following the principle of least privilege.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Share the dashboard from the CloudWatch console. Enter the product manager's email address, and complete the sharing steps. Provide a shareable link for the dashboard to the product manager.

B. Create an IAM user specifically for the product manager. Attach the CloudWatchReadOnlyAccess AWS managed policy to the user. Share the new login credentials with the product manager. Share the browser URL of the correct dashboard with the product manager.

C. Create an IAM user for the company's employees. Attach the ViewOnlyAccess AWS managed policy to the IAM user. Share the new login credentials with the product manager. Ask the product manager to navigate to the CloudWatch console and locate the dashboard by name in the Dashboards section.

D. Deploy a bastion server in a public subnet. When the product manager requires access to the dashboard, start the server and share the RDP credentials. On the bastion server, ensure that the browser is configured to open the dashboard URL with cached AWS credentials that have appropriate permissions to view the dashboard.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company observes an increase in Amazon EC2 costs in its most recent bill. The billing team notices unwanted vertical scaling of instance types for a couple of EC2 instances. A solutions architect needs to create a graph comparing the last 2 months of EC2 costs and perform an in-depth analysis to identify the root cause of the vertical scaling.
How should the solutions architect generate the information with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Budgets to create a budget report and compare EC2 costs based on instance types.

B. Use Cost Explorer's granular filtering feature to perform an in-depth analysis of EC2 costs based on instance types.

C. Use graphs from the AWS Billing and Cost Management dashboard to compare EC2 costs based on instance types for the last 2 months.

D. Use AWS Cost and Usage Reports to create a report and send it to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use Amazon QuickSight with Amazon S3 as a source to generate an interactive graph based on instance types.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company needs to review its AWS Cloud deployment to ensure that its Amazon S3 buckets do not have unauthorized configuration changes.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this goal?

A. Turn on AWS Config with the appropriate rules.

B. Turn on AWS Trusted Advisor with the appropriate checks.

C. Turn on Amazon Inspector with the appropriate assessment template.

D. Turn on Amazon S3 server access logging. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon Cloud Watch Events).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is storing backup files by using Amazon S3 Standard storage. The files are accessed frequently for 1 month. However, the files are not accessed after 1 month. The company must keep the files indefinitely.
Which storage solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to automatically migrate objects.

B. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition objects from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 month.

C. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition objects from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 1 month.

D. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration to transition objects from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 1 month.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is using Amazon S3 to design the storage architecture of a new digital media application. The media files must be resilient to the loss of an Availability Zone. Some files are accessed frequently while other files are rarely accessed in an unpredictable pattern. The solutions architect must minimize the costs of storing and retrieving the media files.
Which storage option meets these requirements?

A. S3 Standard

B. S3 Intelligent-Tiering

C. S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)

D. S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA)








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to improve its ability to clone large amounts of production data into a test environment in the same AWS Region. The data is stored in Amazon EC2 instances on Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes. Modifications to the cloned data must not affect the production environment. The software that accesses this data requires consistently high I/O performance.
A solutions architect needs to minimize the time that is required to clone the production data into the test environment.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Take EBS snapshots of the production EBS volumes. Restore the snapshots onto EC2 instance store volumes in the test environment.

B. Configure the production EBS volumes to use the EBS Multi-Attach feature. Take EBS snapshots of the production EBS volumes. Attach the production EBS volumes to the EC2 instances in the test environment.

C. Take EBS snapshots of the production EBS volumes. Create and initialize new EBS volumes. Attach the new EBS volumes to EC2 instances in the test environment before restoring the volumes from the production EBS snapshots.

D. Take EBS snapshots of the production EBS volumes. Turn on the EBS fast snapshot restore feature on the EBS snapshots. Restore the snapshots into new EBS volumes. Attach the new EBS volumes to EC2 instances in the test environment.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company recently launched Linux-based application instances on Amazon EC2 in a private subnet and launched a Linux-based bastion host on an Amazon EC2 instance in a public subnet of a VPC. A solutions architect needs to connect from the on-premises network, through the company's internet connection, to the bastion host, and to the application servers. The solutions architect must make sure that the security groups of all the EC2 instances will allow that access.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the application instances.

B. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the internal IP range for the company.

C. Replace the current security group of the bastion host with one that only allows inbound access from the external IP range for the company.

D. Replace the current security group of the application instances with one that allows inbound SSH access from only the private IP address of the bastion host.

E. Replace the current security group of the application instances with one that allows inbound SSH access from only the public IP address of the bastion host.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: CD

A company's HTTP application is behind a Network Load Balancer (NLB). The NLB's target group is configured to use an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with multiple EC2 instances that run the web service.
The company notices that the NLB is not detecting HTTP errors for the application. These errors require a manual restart of the EC2 instances that run the web service. The company needs to improve the application's availability without writing custom scripts or code.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Enable HTTP health checks on the NLB, supplying the URL of the company's application.

B. Add a cron job to the EC2 instances to check the local application's logs once each minute. If HTTP errors are detected. the application will restart.

C. Replace the NLB with an Application Load Balancer. Enable HTTP health checks by supplying the URL of the company's application. Configure an Auto Scaling action to replace unhealthy instances.

D. Create an Amazon Cloud Watch alarm that monitors the UnhealthyHostCount metric for the NLB. Configure an Auto Scaling action to replace unhealthy instances when the alarm is in the ALARM state.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is running a business-critical web application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The EC2 instances are in an Auto Scaling group. The application uses an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database that is deployed in a single Availability Zone. The company wants the application to be highly available with minimum downtime and minimum loss of data.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Place the EC2 instances in different AWS Regions. Use Amazon Route 53 health checks to redirect traffic. Use Aurora PostgreSQL Cross-Region Replication.

B. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use multiple Availability Zones. Configure the database as Multi-AZ. Configure an Amazon RDS Proxy instance for the database.

C. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use one Availability Zone. Generate hourly snapshots of the database. Recover the database from the snapshots in the event of a failure.

D. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use multiple AWS Regions. Write the data from the application to Amazon S3. Use S3 Event Notifications to launch an AWS Lambda function to write the data to the database.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts an application on multiple Amazon EC2 instances. The application processes messages from an Amazon SQS queue, writes to an Amazon RDS table, and deletes the message from the queue. Occasional duplicate records are found in the RDS table. The SQS queue does not contain any duplicate messages.
What should a solutions architect do to ensure messages are being processed once only?

A. Use the CreateQueue API call to create a new queue.

B. Use the AddPermission API call to add appropriate permissions.

C. Use the ReceiveMessage API call to set an appropriate wait time.

D. Use the ChangeMessageVisibility API call to increase the visibility timeout.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect is designing a new hybrid architecture to extend a company's on-premises infrastructure to AWS. The company requires a highly available connection with consistent low latency to an AWS Region. The company needs to minimize costs and is willing to accept slower traffic if the primary connection fails.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region. Provision a VPN connection as a backup if the primary Direct Connect connection fails.

B. Provision a VPN tunnel connection to a Region for private connectivity. Provision a second VPN tunnel for private connectivity and as a backup if the primary VPN connection fails.

C. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region. Provision a second Direct Connect connection to the same Region as a backup if the primary Direct Connect connection fails.

D. Provision an AWS Direct Connect connection to a Region. Use the Direct Connect failover attribute from the AWS CLI to automatically create a backup connection if the primary Direct Connect connection fails.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has an application that generates a large number of files, each approximately 5 MB in size. The files are stored in Amazon S3. Company policy requires the files to be stored for 4 years before they can be deleted. Immediate accessibility is always required as the files contain critical business data that is not easy to reproduce. The files are frequently accessed in the first 30 days of the object creation but are rarely accessed after the first 30 days.
Which storage solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier 30 days from object creation. Delete the files 4 years after object creation.

B. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) 30 days from object creation. Delete the files 4 years after object creation.

C. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) 30 days from object creation. Delete the files 4 years after object creation.

D. Create an S3 bucket lifecycle policy to move files from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) 30 days from object creation. Move the files to S3 Glacier 4 years after object creation.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A hospital recently deployed a RESTful API with Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda. The hospital uses API Gateway and Lambda to upload reports that are in PDF format and JPEG format. The hospital needs to modify the Lambda code to identify protected health information (PHI) in the reports.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use existing Python libraries to extract the text from the reports and to identify the PHI from the extracted text.

B. Use Amazon Textract to extract the text from the reports. Use Amazon SageMaker to identify the PHI from the extracted text.

C. Use Amazon Textract to extract the text from the reports. Use Amazon Comprehend Medical to identify the PHI from the extracted text.

D. Use Amazon Rekognition to extract the text from the reports. Use Amazon Comprehend Medical to identify the PHI from the extracted text.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs its infrastructure on AWS and has a registered base of 700,000 users for its document management application. The company intends to create a product that converts large .pdf files to .jpg image files. The .pdf files average 5 MB in size. The company needs to store the original files and the converted files. A solutions architect must design a scalable solution to accommodate demand that will grow rapidly over time.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Save the .pdf files to Amazon S3. Configure an S3 PUT event to invoke an AWS Lambda function to convert the files to .jpg format and store them back in Amazon S3.

B. Save the .pdf files to Amazon DynamoDUse the DynamoDB Streams feature to invoke an AWS Lambda function to convert the files to .jpg format and store them back in DynamoDB.

C. Upload the .pdf files to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk application that includes Amazon EC2 instances, Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) storage, and an Auto Scaling group. Use a program in the EC2 instances to convert the files to .jpg format. Save the .pdf files and the .jpg files in the EBS store.

D. Upload the .pdf files to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk application that includes Amazon EC2 instances, Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) storage, and an Auto Scaling group. Use a program in the EC2 instances to convert the file to .jpg format. Save the .pdf files and the .jpg files in the EBS store.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is deploying a new public web application to AWS. The application will run behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The application needs to be encrypted at the edge with an SSL/TLS certificate that is issued by an external certificate authority (CA). The certificate must be rotated each year before the certificate expires.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to issue an SSL/TLS certificate. Apply the certificate to the ALB. Use the managed renewal feature to automatically rotate the certificate.

B. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to issue an SSL/TLS certificate. Import the key material from the certificate. Apply the certificate to the ALUse the managed renewal feature to automatically rotate the certificate.

C. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) Private Certificate Authority to issue an SSL/TLS certificate from the root CA. Apply the certificate to the ALB. Use the managed renewal feature to automatically rotate the certificate.

D. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to import an SSL/TLS certificate. Apply the certificate to the ALB. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to send a notification when the certificate is nearing expiration. Rotate the certificate manually.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company hosts more than 300 global websites and applications. The company requires a platform to analyze more than 30 TB of clickstream data each day.
What should a solutions architect do to transmit and process the clickstream data?

A. Design an AWS Data Pipeline to archive the data to an Amazon S3 bucket and run an Amazon EMR cluster with the data to generate analytics.

B. Create an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to process the data and send it to an Amazon S3 data lake for Amazon Redshift to use for analysis.

C. Cache the data to Amazon CloudFront. Store the data in an Amazon S3 bucket. When an object is added to the S3 bucket. run an AWS Lambda function to process the data for analysis.

D. Collect the data from Amazon Kinesis Data Streams. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to transmit the data to an Amazon S3 data lake. Load the data in Amazon Redshift for analysis.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has a website hosted on AWS. The website is behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) that is configured to handle HTTP and HTTPS separately. The company wants to forward all requests to the website so that the requests will use HTTPS.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Update the ALB's network ACL to accept only HTTPS traffic.

B. Create a rule that replaces the HTTP in the URL with HTTPS.

C. Create a listener rule on the ALB to redirect HTTP traffic to HTTPS.

D. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer configured to use Server Name Indication (SNI).








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is running a popular social media website. The website gives users the ability to upload images to share with other users. The company wants to make sure that the images do not contain inappropriate content. The company needs a solution that minimizes development effort.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Comprehend to detect inappropriate content. Use human review for low-confidence predictions.

B. Use Amazon Rekognition to detect inappropriate content. Use human review for low-confidence predictions.

C. Use Amazon SageMaker to detect inappropriate content. Use ground truth to label low-confidence predictions.

D. Use AWS Fargate to deploy a custom machine learning model to detect inappropriate content. Use ground truth to label low-confidence predictions.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to run its critical applications in containers to meet requirements for scalability and availability. The company prefers to focus on maintenance of the critical applications. The company does not want to be responsible for provisioning and managing the underlying infrastructure that runs the containerized workload.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon EC2 instances, and install Docker on the instances.

B. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on Amazon EC2 worker nodes.

C. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on AWS Fargate.

D. Use Amazon EC2 instances from an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS)-optimized Amazon Machine Image (AMI).








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs multiple Windows workloads on AWS. The company's employees use Windows file shares that are hosted on two Amazon EC2 instances. The file shares synchronize data between themselves and maintain duplicate copies. The company wants a highly available and durable storage solution that preserves how users currently access the files.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Migrate all the data to Amazon S3. Set up IAM authentication for users to access files.

B. Set up an Amazon S3 File Gateway. Mount the S3 File Gateway on the existing EC2 instances.

C. Extend the file share environment to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server with a Multi-AZ configuration. Migrate all the data to FSx for Windows File Server.

D. Extend the file share environment to Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with a Multi-AZ configuration. Migrate all the data to Amazon EFS.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company needs to store its accounting records in Amazon S3. The records must be immediately accessible for 1 year and then must be archived for an additional 9 years. No one at the company, including administrative users and root users, can be able to delete the records during the entire 10-year period. The records must be stored with maximum resiliency.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Store the records in S3 Glacier for the entire 10-year period. Use an access control policy to deny deletion of the records for a period of 10 years.

B. Store the records by using S3 Intelligent-Tiering. Use an IAM policy to deny deletion of the records. After 10 years, change the IAM policy to allow deletion.

C. Use an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the records from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year. Use S3 Object Lock in compliance mode for a period of 10 years.

D. Use an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the records from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 1 year. Use S3 Object Lock in governance mode for a period of 10 years.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A solutions architect is developing a VPC architecture that includes multiple subnets. The architecture will host applications that use Amazon EC2 instances and Amazon RDS DB instances. The architecture consists of six subnets in two Availability Zones. Each Availability Zone includes a public subnet, a private subnet, and a dedicated subnet for databases. Only EC2 instances that run in the private subnets can have access to the RDS databases.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a new route table that excludes the route to the public subnets' CIDR blocks. Associate the route table with the database subnets.

B. Create a security group that denies inbound traffic from the security group that is assigned to instances in the public subnets. Attach the security group to the DB instances.

C. Create a security group that allows inbound traffic from the security group that is assigned to instances in the private subnets. Attach the security group to the DB instances.

D. Create a new peering connection between the public subnets and the private subnets. Create a different peering connection between the private subnets and the database subnets.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is developing an application that provides order shipping statistics for retrieval by a REST API. The company wants to extract the shipping statistics, organize the data into an easy-to-read HTML format, and send the report to several email addresses at the same time every morning.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Configure the application to send the data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose.

B. Use Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES) to format the data and to send the report by email.

C. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) scheduled event that invokes an AWS Glue job to query the application's API for the data.

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) scheduled event that invokes an AWS Lambda function to query the application's API for the data.

E. Store the application data in Amazon S3. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic as an S3 event destination to send the report by email.






 

Suggested Answer: DE

Community Answer: BD

A company has a data ingestion workflow that consists of the following:
• An Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for notifications about new data deliveries
• An AWS Lambda function to process the data and record metadata
The company observes that the ingestion workflow fails occasionally because of network connectivity issues. When such a failure occurs, the Lambda function does not ingest the corresponding data unless the company manually reruns the job.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to ensure that the Lambda function ingests all data in the future? (Choose two.)

A. Deploy the Lambda function in multiple Availability Zones.

B. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue, and subscribe it to the SNS topic.

C. Increase the CPU and memory that are allocated to the Lambda function.

D. Increase provisioned throughput for the Lambda function.

E. Modify the Lambda function to read from an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue.






 

Suggested Answer: BE

Community Answer: BE

A company has an Amazon S3 bucket that contains critical data. The company must protect the data from accidental deletion.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Enable versioning on the S3 bucket.

B. Enable MFA Delete on the S3 bucket.

C. Create a bucket policy on the S3 bucket.

D. Enable default encryption on the S3 bucket.

E. Create a lifecycle policy for the objects in the S3 bucket.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: AB

A company needs guaranteed Amazon EC2 capacity in three specific Availability Zones in a specific AWS Region for an upcoming event that will last 1 week.
What should the company do to guarantee the EC2 capacity?

A. Purchase Reserved Instances that specify the Region needed.

B. Create an On-Demand Capacity Reservation that specifies the Region needed.

C. Purchase Reserved Instances that specify the Region and three Availability Zones needed.

D. Create an On-Demand Capacity Reservation that specifies the Region and three Availability Zones needed.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is implementing a shared storage solution for a gaming application that is hosted in an on-premises data center. The company needs the ability to use Lustre clients to access data. The solution must be fully managed.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway. Create a file share that uses the required client protocol. Connect the application server to the file share.

B. Create an Amazon EC2 Windows instance. Install and configure a Windows file share role on the instance. Connect the application server to the file share.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system, and configure it to support Lustre. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

An Amazon EC2 administrator created the following policy associated with an IAM group containing several users:
 
What is the effect of this policy?

A. Users can terminate an EC2 instance in any AWS Region except us-east-1.

B. Users can terminate an EC2 instance with the IP address 10.100.100.1 in the us-east-1 Region.

C. Users can terminate an EC2 instance in the us-east-1 Region when the user's source IP is 10.100.100.254.

D. Users cannot terminate an EC2 instance in the us-east-1 Region when the user's source IP is 10.100.100.254.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is designing an application where users upload small files into Amazon S3. After a user uploads a file, the file requires one-time simple processing to transform the data and save the data in JSON format for later analysis.
Each file must be processed as quickly as possible after it is uploaded. Demand will vary. On some days, users will upload a high number of files. On other days, users will upload a few files or no files.
Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Configure Amazon EMR to read text files from Amazon S3. Run processing scripts to transform the data. Store the resulting JSON file in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

B. Configure Amazon S3 to send an event notification to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use Amazon EC2 instances to read from the queue and process the data. Store the resulting JSON file in Amazon DynamoDB.

C. Configure Amazon S3 to send an event notification to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use an AWS Lambda function to read from the queue and process the data. Store the resulting JSON file in Amazon DynamoDB.

D. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to send an event to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams when a new file is uploaded. Use an AWS Lambda function to consume the event from the stream and process the data. Store the resulting JSON file in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs an on-premises application that is powered by a MySQL database. The company is migrating the application to AWS to increase the application's elasticity and availability.
The current architecture shows heavy read activity on the database during times of normal operation. Every 4 hours, the company's development team pulls a full export of the production database to populate a database in the staging environment. During this period, users experience unacceptable application latency. The development team is unable to use the staging environment until the procedure completes.
A solutions architect must recommend replacement architecture that alleviates the application latency issue. The replacement architecture also must give the development team the ability to continue using the staging environment without delay.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Aurora MySQL with Multi-AZ Aurora Replicas for production. Populate the staging database by implementing a backup and restore process that uses the mysqldump utility.

B. Use Amazon Aurora MySQL with Multi-AZ Aurora Replicas for production. Use database cloning to create the staging database on-demand.

C. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Multi-AZ deployment and read replicas for production. Use the standby instance for the staging database.

D. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Multi-AZ deployment and read replicas for production. Populate the staging database by implementing a backup and restore process that uses the mysqldump utility.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has applications that run on Amazon EC2 instances in a VPC. One of the applications needs to call the Amazon S3 API to store and read objects. According to the company's security regulations, no traffic from the applications is allowed to travel across the internet.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure an S3 gateway endpoint.

B. Create an S3 bucket in a private subnet.

C. Create an S3 bucket in the same AWS Region as the EC2 instances.

D. Configure a NAT gateway in the same subnet as the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company uses Amazon S3 to store its confidential audit documents. The S3 bucket uses bucket policies to restrict access to audit team IAM user credentials according to the principle of least privilege. Company managers are worried about accidental deletion of documents in the S3 bucket and want a more secure solution.
What should a solutions architect do to secure the audit documents?

A. Enable the versioning and MFA Delete features on the S3 bucket.

B. Enable multi-factor authentication (MFA) on the IAM user credentials for each audit team IAM user account.

C. Add an S3 Lifecycle policy to the audit team's IAM user accounts to deny the s3:DeleteObject action during audit dates.

D. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt the S3 bucket and restrict audit team IAM user accounts from accessing the KMS key.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to reduce the cost of its existing three-tier web architecture. The web, application, and database servers are running on Amazon EC2 instances for the development, test, and production environments. The EC2 instances average 30% CPU utilization during peak hours and 10% CPU utilization during non-peak hours.
The production EC2 instances run 24 hours a day. The development and test EC2 instances run for at least 8 hours each day. The company plans to implement automation to stop the development and test EC2 instances when they are not in use.
Which EC2 instance purchasing solution will meet the company's requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Spot Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use Reserved Instances for the development and test EC2 instances.

B. Use Reserved Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use On-Demand Instances for the development and test EC2 instances.

C. Use Spot blocks for the production EC2 instances. Use Reserved Instances for the development and test EC2 instances.

D. Use On-Demand Instances for the production EC2 instances. Use Spot blocks for the development and test EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts its web applications in the AWS Cloud. The company configures Elastic Load Balancers to use certificates that are imported into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). The company's security team must be notified 30 days before the expiration of each certificate.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Add a rule in ACM to publish a custom message to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic every day, beginning 30 days before any certificate will expire.

B. Create an AWS Config rule that checks for certificates that will expire within 30 days. Configure Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) to invoke a custom alert by way of Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) when AWS Config reports a noncompliant resource.

C. Use AWS Trusted Advisor to check for certificates that will expire within 30 days. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that is based on Trusted Advisor metrics for check status changes. Configure the alarm to send a custom alert by way of Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to detect any certificates that will expire within 30 days. Configure the rule to invoke an AWS Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to send a custom alert by way of Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company hosts an application on AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by an Amazon API Gateway API. The Lambda functions save customer data to an Amazon Aurora MySQL database. Whenever the company upgrades the database, the Lambda functions fail to establish database connections until the upgrade is complete. The result is that customer data is not recorded for some of the event.
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that stores customer data that is created during database upgrades.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Provision an Amazon RDS proxy to sit between the Lambda functions and the database. Configure the Lambda functions to connect to the RDS proxy.

B. Increase the run time of the Lambda functions to the maximum. Create a retry mechanism in the code that stores the customer data in the database.

C. Persist the customer data to Lambda local storage. Configure new Lambda functions to scan the local storage to save the customer data to the database.

D. Store the customer data in an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue. Create a new Lambda function that polls the queue and stores the customer data in the database.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect is designing the cloud architecture for a new application being deployed on AWS. The process should run in parallel while adding and removing application nodes as needed based on the number of jobs to be processed. The processor application is stateless. The solutions architect must ensure that the application is loosely coupled and the job items are durably stored.
Which design should the solutions architect use?

A. Create an Amazon SNS topic to send the jobs that need to be processed. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application. Create a launch configuration that uses the AMI. Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch configuration. Set the scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on CPU usage.

B. Create an Amazon SQS queue to hold the jobs that need to be processed. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application. Create a launch configuration that uses the AMI. Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch configuration. Set the scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on network usage.

C. Create an Amazon SQS queue to hold the jobs that need to be processed. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application. Create a launch template that uses the AMI. Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch template. Set the scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on the number of items in the SQS queue.

D. Create an Amazon SNS topic to send the jobs that need to be processed. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that consists of the processor application. Create a launch template that uses the AMI. Create an Auto Scaling group using the launch template. Set the scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to add and remove nodes based on the number of messages published to the SNS topic.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a production web application in which users upload documents through a web interface or a mobile app. According to a new regulatory requirement. new documents cannot be modified or deleted after they are stored.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning and S3 Object Lock enabled.

B. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to archive the documents periodically.

C. Store the uploaded documents in an Amazon S3 bucket with S3 Versioning enabled. Configure an ACL to restrict all access to read-only.

D. Store the uploaded documents on an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume. Access the data by mounting the volume in read-only mode.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is planning to use an Amazon DynamoDB table for data storage. The company is concerned about cost optimization. The table will not be used on most mornings. In the evenings, the read and write traffic will often be unpredictable. When traffic spikes occur, they will happen very quickly.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Create a DynamoDB table in on-demand capacity mode.

B. Create a DynamoDB table with a global secondary index.

C. Create a DynamoDB table with provisioned capacity and auto scaling.

D. Create a DynamoDB table in provisioned capacity mode, and configure it as a global table.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company recently signed a contract with an AWS Managed Service Provider (MSP) Partner for help with an application migration initiative. A solutions architect needs ta share an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from an existing AWS account with the MSP Partner's AWS account. The AMI is backed by Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) and uses an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key to encrypt EBS volume snapshots.
What is the MOST secure way for the solutions architect to share the AMI with the MSP Partner's AWS account?

A. Make the encrypted AMI and snapshots publicly available. Modify the key policy to allow the MSP Partner's AWS account to use the key.

B. Modify the launchPermission property of the AMI. Share the AMI with the MSP Partner's AWS account only. Modify the key policy to allow the MSP Partner's AWS account to use the key.

C. Modify the launchPermission property of the AMI. Share the AMI with the MSP Partner's AWS account only. Modify the key policy to trust a new KMS key that is owned by the MSP Partner for encryption.

D. Export the AMI from the source account to an Amazon S3 bucket in the MSP Partner's AWS account, Encrypt the S3 bucket with a new KMS key that is owned by the MSP Partner. Copy and launch the AMI in the MSP Partner's AWS account.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company needs to configure a real-time data ingestion architecture for its application. The company needs an API, a process that transforms data as the data is streamed, and a storage solution for the data.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Deploy an Amazon EC2 instance to host an API that sends data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream that uses the Kinesis data stream as a data source. Use AWS Lambda functions to transform the data. Use the Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to send the data to Amazon S3.

B. Deploy an Amazon EC2 instance to host an API that sends data to AWS Glue. Stop source/destination checking on the EC2 instance. Use AWS Glue to transform the data and to send the data to Amazon S3.

C. Configure an Amazon API Gateway API to send data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream that uses the Kinesis data stream as a data source. Use AWS Lambda functions to transform the data. Use the Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to send the data to Amazon S3.

D. Configure an Amazon API Gateway API to send data to AWS Glue. Use AWS Lambda functions to transform the data. Use AWS Glue to send the data to Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company needs to keep user transaction data in an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company must retain the data for 7 years.
What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Use DynamoDB point-in-time recovery to back up the table continuously.

B. Use AWS Backup to create backup schedules and retention policies for the table.

C. Create an on-demand backup of the table by using the DynamoDB console. Store the backup in an Amazon S3 bucket. Set an S3 Lifecycle configuration for the S3 bucket.

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to invoke an AWS Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to back up the table and to store the backup in an Amazon S3 bucket. Set an S3 Lifecycle configuration for the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company receives 10 TB of instrumentation data each day from several machines located at a single factory. The data consists of JSON files stored on a storage area network (SAN) in an on-premises data center located within the factory. The company wants to send this data to Amazon S3 where it can be accessed by several additional systems that provide critical near-real-time analytics. A secure transfer is important because the data is considered sensitive.
Which solution offers the MOST reliable data transfer?

A. AWS DataSync over public internet

B. AWS DataSync over AWS Direct Connect

C. AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) over public internet

D. AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) over AWS Direct Connect








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to move a multi-tiered application from on premises to the AWS Cloud to improve the application's performance. The application consists of application tiers that communicate with each other by way of RESTful services. Transactions are dropped when one tier becomes overloaded. A solutions architect must design a solution that resolves these issues and modernizes the application.
Which solution meets these requirements and is the MOST operationally efficient?

A. Use Amazon API Gateway and direct transactions to the AWS Lambda functions as the application layer. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) as the communication layer between application services.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to analyze the application performance history to determine the servers' peak utilization during the performance failures. Increase the size of the application server's Amazon EC2 instances to meet the peak requirements.

C. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to handle the messaging between application servers running on Amazon EC2 in an Auto Scaling group. Use Amazon CloudWatch to monitor the SNS queue length and scale up and down as required.

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to handle the messaging between application servers running on Amazon EC2 in an Auto Scaling group. Use Amazon CloudWatch to monitor the SQS queue length and scale up when communication failures are detected.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect is designing a two-tier web application. The application consists of a public-facing web tier hosted on Amazon EC2 in public subnets. The database tier consists of Microsoft SQL Server running on Amazon EC2 in a private subnet. Security is a high priority for the company.
How should security groups be configured in this situation? (Choose two.)

A. Configure the security group for the web tier to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0.

B. Configure the security group for the web tier to allow outbound traffic on port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0.

C. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow inbound traffic on port 1433 from the security group for the web tier.

D. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow outbound traffic on ports 443 and 1433 to the security group for the web tier.

E. Configure the security group for the database tier to allow inbound traffic on ports 443 and 1433 from the security group for the web tier.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A company runs a photo processing application that needs to frequently upload and download pictures from Amazon S3 buckets that are located in the same AWS Region. A solutions architect has noticed an increased cost in data transfer fees and needs to implement a solution to reduce these costs.
How can the solutions architect meet this requirement?

A. Deploy Amazon API Gateway into a public subnet and adjust the route table to route S3 calls through it.

B. Deploy a NAT gateway into a public subnet and attach an endpoint policy that allows access to the S3 buckets.

C. Deploy the application into a public subnet and allow it to route through an internet gateway to access the S3 buckets.

D. Deploy an S3 VPC gateway endpoint into the VPC and attach an endpoint policy that allows access to the S3 buckets.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs a shopping application that uses Amazon DynamoDB to store customer information. In case of data corruption, a solutions architect needs to design a solution that meets a recovery point objective (RPO) of 15 minutes and a recovery time objective (RTO) of 1 hour.
What should the solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Configure DynamoDB global tables. For RPO recovery, point the application to a different AWS Region.

B. Configure DynamoDB point-in-time recovery. For RPO recovery, restore to the desired point in time.

C. Export the DynamoDB data to Amazon S3 Glacier on a daily basis. For RPO recovery, import the data from S3 Glacier to DynamoDB.

D. Schedule Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshots for the DynamoDB table every 15 minutes. For RPO recovery, restore the DynamoDB table by using the EBS snapshot.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has implemented a self-managed DNS solution on three Amazon EC2 instances behind a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in the us-west-2 Region. Most of the company's users are located in the United States and Europe. The company wants to improve the performance and availability of the solution. The company launches and configures three EC2 instances in the eu-west-1 Region and adds the EC2 instances as targets for a new NLB.
Which solution can the company use to route traffic to all the EC2 instances?

A. Create an Amazon Route 53 geolocation routing policy to route requests to one of the two NLBs. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Use the Route 53 record as the distribution’s origin.

B. Create a standard accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator. Create endpoint groups in us-west-2 and eu-west-1. Add the two NLBs as endpoints for the endpoint groups.

C. Attach Elastic IP addresses to the six EC2 instances. Create an Amazon Route 53 geolocation routing policy to route requests to one of the six EC2 instances. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Use the Route 53 record as the distribution's origin.

D. Replace the two NLBs with two Application Load Balancers (ALBs). Create an Amazon Route 53 latency routing policy to route requests to one of the two ALBs. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Use the Route 53 record as the distribution’s origin.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A global company is using Amazon API Gateway to design REST APIs for its loyalty club users in the us-east-1 Region and the ap-southeast-2 Region. A solutions architect must design a solution to protect these API Gateway managed REST APIs across multiple accounts from SQL injection and cross-site scripting attacks.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of administrative effort?

A. Set up AWS WAF in both Regions. Associate Regional web ACLs with an API stage.

B. Set up AWS Firewall Manager in both Regions. Centrally configure AWS WAF rules.

C. Set up AWS Shield in bath Regions. Associate Regional web ACLs with an API stage.

D. Set up AWS Shield in one of the Regions. Associate Regional web ACLs with an API stage.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company is running an online transaction processing (OLTP) workload on AWS. This workload uses an unencrypted Amazon RDS DB instance in a Multi-AZ deployment. Daily database snapshots are taken from this instance.
What should a solutions architect do to ensure the database and snapshots are always encrypted moving forward?

A. Encrypt a copy of the latest DB snapshot. Replace existing DB instance by restoring the encrypted snapshot.

B. Create a new encrypted Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and copy the snapshots to it. Enable encryption on the DB instance.

C. Copy the snapshots and enable encryption using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) Restore encrypted snapshot to an existing DB instance.

D. Copy the snapshots to an Amazon S3 bucket that is encrypted using server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) managed keys (SSE-KMS).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company uses a popular content management system (CMS) for its corporate website. However, the required patching and maintenance are burdensome. The company is redesigning its website and wants anew solution. The website will be updated four times a year and does not need to have any dynamic content available. The solution must provide high scalability and enhanced security.
Which combination of changes will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead? (Choose two.)

A. Configure Amazon CloudFront in front of the website to use HTTPS functionality.

B. Deploy an AWS WAF web ACL in front of the website to provide HTTPS functionality.

C. Create and deploy an AWS Lambda function to manage and serve the website content.

D. Create the new website and an Amazon S3 bucket. Deploy the website on the S3 bucket with static website hosting enabled.

E. Create the new website. Deploy the website by using an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A medical records company is hosting an application on Amazon EC2 instances. The application processes customer data files that are stored on Amazon S3. The EC2 instances are hosted in public subnets. The EC2 instances access Amazon S3 over the internet, but they do not require any other network access.
A new requirement mandates that the network traffic for file transfers take a private route and not be sent over the internet.
Which change to the network architecture should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Create a NAT gateway. Configure the route table for the public subnets to send traffic to Amazon S3 through the NAT gateway.

B. Configure the security group for the EC2 instances to restrict outbound traffic so that only traffic to the S3 prefix list is permitted.

C. Move the EC2 instances to private subnets. Create a VPC endpoint for Amazon S3, and link the endpoint to the route table for the private subnets.

D. Remove the internet gateway from the VPC. Set up an AWS Direct Connect connection, and route traffic to Amazon S3 over the Direct Connect connection.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company stores its application logs in an Amazon CloudWatch Logs log group. A new policy requires the company to store all application logs in Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service) in near-real time.
Which solution will meet this requirement with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Configure a CloudWatch Logs subscription to stream the logs to Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service).

B. Create an AWS Lambda function. Use the log group to invoke the function to write the logs to Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service).

C. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. Configure the log group as the delivery streams sources. Configure Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service) as the delivery stream's destination.

D. Install and configure Amazon Kinesis Agent on each application server to deliver the logs to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams. Configure Kinesis Data Streams to deliver the logs to Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service).








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company hosts a containerized web application on a fleet of on-premises servers that process incoming requests. The number of requests is growing quickly. The on-premises servers cannot handle the increased number of requests. The company wants to move the application to AWS with minimum code changes and minimum development effort.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Fargate on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) to run the containerized web application with Service Auto Scaling. Use an Application Load Balancer to distribute the incoming requests.

B. Use two Amazon EC2 instances to host the containerized web application. Use an Application Load Balancer to distribute the incoming requests.

C. Use AWS Lambda with a new code that uses one of the supported languages. Create multiple Lambda functions to support the load. Use Amazon API Gateway as an entry point to the Lambda functions.

D. Use a high performance computing (HPC) solution such as AWS ParallelCluster to establish an HPC cluster that can process the incoming requests at the appropriate scale.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has created an image analysis application in which users can upload photos and add photo frames to their images. The users upload images and metadata to indicate which photo frames they want to add to their images. The application uses a single Amazon EC2 instance and Amazon DynamoDB to store the metadata.
The application is becoming more popular, and the number of users is increasing. The company expects the number of concurrent users to vary significantly depending on the time of day and day of week. The company must ensure that the application can scale to meet the needs of the growing user base.
Which solution meats these requirements?

A. Use AWS Lambda to process the photos. Store the photos and metadata in DynamoDB.

B. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to process the photos and to store the photos and metadata.

C. Use AWS Lambda to process the photos. Store the photos in Amazon S3. Retain DynamoDB to store the metadata.

D. Increase the number of EC2 instances to three. Use Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes to store the photos and metadata.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company uses 50 TB of data for reporting. The company wants to move this data from on premises to AWS. A custom application in the company’s data center runs a weekly data transformation job. The company plans to pause the application until the data transfer is complete and needs to begin the transfer process as soon as possible.
The data center does not have any available network bandwidth for additional workloads. A solutions architect must transfer the data and must configure the transformation job to continue to run in the AWS Cloud.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS DataSync to move the data. Create a custom transformation job by using AWS Glue.

B. Order an AWS Snowcone device to move the data. Deploy the transformation application to the device.

C. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device. Copy the data to the device. Create a custom transformation job by using AWS Glue.

D. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device that includes Amazon EC2 compute. Copy the data to the device. Create a new EC2 instance on AWS to run the transformation application.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A social media company allows users to upload images to its website. The website runs on Amazon EC2 instances. During upload requests, the website resizes the images to a standard size and stores the resized images in Amazon S3. Users are experiencing slow upload requests to the website.
The company needs to reduce coupling within the application and improve website performance. A solutions architect must design the most operationally efficient process for image uploads.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Configure the application to upload images to S3 Glacier.

B. Configure the web server to upload the original images to Amazon S3.

C. Configure the application to upload images directly from each user's browser to Amazon S3 through the use of a presigned URL

D. Configure S3 Event Notifications to invoke an AWS Lambda function when an image is uploaded. Use the function to resize the image.

E. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule that invokes an AWS Lambda function on a schedule to resize uploaded images.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BD

A company recently migrated a message processing system to AWS. The system receives messages into an ActiveMQ queue running on an Amazon EC2 instance. Messages are processed by a consumer application running on Amazon EC2. The consumer application processes the messages and writes results to a MySQL database running on Amazon EC2. The company wants this application to be highly available with low operational complexity.
Which architecture offers the HIGHEST availability?

A. Add a second ActiveMQ server to another Availability Zone. Add an additional consumer EC2 instance in another Availability Zone. Replicate the MySQL database to another Availability Zone.

B. Use Amazon MQ with active/standby brokers configured across two Availability Zones. Add an additional consumer EC2 instance in another Availability Zone. Replicate the MySQL database to another Availability Zone.

C. Use Amazon MQ with active/standby brokers configured across two Availability Zones. Add an additional consumer EC2 instance in another Availability Zone. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled.

D. Use Amazon MQ with active/standby brokers configured across two Availability Zones. Add an Auto Scaling group for the consumer EC2 instances across two Availability Zones. Use Amazon RDS for MySQL with Multi-AZ enabled.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company needs to store data in Amazon S3 and must prevent the data from being changed. The company wants new objects that are uploaded to Amazon S3 to remain unchangeable for a nonspecific amount of time until the company decides to modify the objects. Only specific users in the company's AWS account can have the ability 10 delete the objects.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an S3 Glacier vault. Apply a write-once, read-many (WORM) vault lock policy to the objects.

B. Create an S3 bucket with S3 Object Lock enabled. Enable versioning. Set a retention period of 100 years. Use governance mode as the S3 bucket’s default retention mode for new objects.

C. Create an S3 bucket. Use AWS CloudTrail to track any S3 API events that modify the objects. Upon notification, restore the modified objects from any backup versions that the company has.

D. Create an S3 bucket with S3 Object Lock enabled. Enable versioning. Add a legal hold to the objects. Add the s3:PutObjectLegalHold permission to the IAM policies of users who need to delete the objects.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A bicycle sharing company is developing a multi-tier architecture to track the location of its bicycles during peak operating hours. The company wants to use these data points in its existing analytics platform. A solutions architect must determine the most viable multi-tier option to support this architecture. The data points must be accessible from the REST API.
Which action meets these requirements for storing and retrieving location data?

A. Use Amazon Athena with Amazon S3.

B. Use Amazon API Gateway with AWS Lambda.

C. Use Amazon QuickSight with Amazon Redshift.

D. Use Amazon API Gateway with Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company is preparing to store confidential data in Amazon S3. For compliance reasons, the data must be encrypted at rest. Encryption key usage must be logged for auditing purposes. Keys must be rotated every year.
Which solution meets these requirements and is the MOST operationally efficient?

A. Server-side encryption with customer-provided keys (SSE-C)

B. Server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed keys (SSE-S3)

C. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS keys (SSE-KMS) with manual rotation

D. Server-side encryption with AWS KMS keys (SSE-KMS) with automatic rotation








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is preparing to deploy a new serverless workload. A solutions architect must use the principle of least privilege to configure permissions that will be used to run an AWS Lambda function. An Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule will invoke the function.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Add an execution role to the function with lambda:InvokeFunction as the action and * as the principal.

B. Add an execution role to the function with lambda:InvokeFunction as the action and Service: lambda.amazonaws.com as the principal.

C. Add a resource-based policy to the function with lambda:* as the action and Service: events.amazonaws.com as the principal.

D. Add a resource-based policy to the function with lambda:InvokeFunction as the action and Service: events.amazonaws.com as the principal.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job that runs every day at the same time. The job processes XML data that is in an Amazon S3 bucket. New data is added to the S3 bucket every day. A solutions architect notices that AWS Glue is processing all the data during each run.
What should the solutions architect do to prevent AWS Glue from reprocessing old data?

A. Edit the job to use job bookmarks.

B. Edit the job to delete data after the data is processed.

C. Edit the job by setting the NumberOfWorkers field to 1.

D. Use a FindMatches machine learning (ML) transform.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to migrate an on-premises data center to AWS. The data center hosts an SFTP server that stores its data on an NFS-based file system. The server holds 200 GB of data that needs to be transferred. The server must be hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance that uses an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to automate this task? (Choose two.)

A. Launch the EC2 instance into the same Availability Zone as the EFS file system.

B. Install an AWS DataSync agent in the on-premises data center.

C. Create a secondary Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume on the EC2 instance for the data.

D. Manually use an operating system copy command to push the data to the EC2 instance.

E. Use AWS DataSync to create a suitable location configuration for the on-premises SFTP server.






 

Suggested Answer: AB

Community Answer: BE

A solutions architect must design a highly available infrastructure for a website. The website is powered by Windows web servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances. The solutions architect must implement a solution that can mitigate a large-scale DDoS attack that originates from thousands of IP addresses. Downtime is not acceptable for the website.
Which actions should the solutions architect take to protect the website from such an attack? (Choose two.)

A. Use AWS Shield Advanced to stop the DDoS attack.

B. Configure Amazon GuardDuty to automatically block the attackers.

C. Configure the website to use Amazon CloudFront for both static and dynamic content.

D. Use an AWS Lambda function to automatically add attacker IP addresses to VPC network ACLs.

E. Use EC2 Spot Instances in an Auto Scaling group with a target tracking scaling policy that is set to 80% CPU utilization.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

An image-processing company has a web application that users use to upload images. The application uploads the images into an Amazon S3 bucket. The company has set up S3 event notifications to publish the object creation events to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) standard queue. The SQS queue serves as the event source for an AWS Lambda function that processes the images and sends the results to users through email.
Users report that they are receiving multiple email messages for every uploaded image. A solutions architect determines that SQS messages are invoking the Lambda function more than once, resulting in multiple email messages.
What should the solutions architect do to resolve this issue with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Set up long polling in the SQS queue by increasing the ReceiveMessage wait time to 30 seconds.

B. Change the SQS standard queue to an SQS FIFO queue. Use the message deduplication ID to discard duplicate messages.

C. Increase the visibility timeout in the SQS queue to a value that is greater than the total of the function timeout and the batch window timeout.

D. Modify the Lambda function to delete each message from the SQS queue immediately after the message is read before processing.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company has a large Microsoft SharePoint deployment running on-premises that requires Microsoft Windows shared file storage. The company wants to migrate this workload to the AWS Cloud and is considering various storage options. The storage solution must be highly available and integrated with Active Directory for access control.
Which solution will satisfy these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon EFS storage and set the Active Directory domain for authentication.

B. Create an SMB file share on an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway in two Availability Zones.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and configure Microsoft Windows Server to mount it as a volume.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system on AWS and set the Active Directory domain for authentication.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs a web-based portal that provides users with global breaking news, local alerts, and weather updates. The portal delivers each user a personalized view by using mixture of static and dynamic content. Content is served over HTTPS through an API server running on an Amazon EC2 instance behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The company wants the portal to provide this content to its users across the world as quickly as possible.
How should a solutions architect design the application to ensure the LEAST amount of latency for all users?

A. Deploy the application stack in a single AWS Region. Use Amazon CloudFront to serve all static and dynamic content by specifying the ALB as an origin.

B. Deploy the application stack in two AWS Regions. Use an Amazon Route 53 latency routing policy to serve all content from the ALB in the closest Region.

C. Deploy the application stack in a single AWS Region. Use Amazon CloudFront to serve the static content. Serve the dynamic content directly from the ALB.

D. Deploy the application stack in two AWS Regions. Use an Amazon Route 53 geolocation routing policy to serve all content from the ALB in the closest Region.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company wants to migrate its existing on-premises monolithic application to AWS. The company wants to keep as much of the front-end code and the backend code as possible. However, the company wants to break the application into smaller applications. A different team will manage each application. The company needs a highly scalable solution that minimizes operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Host the application on AWS Lambda. Integrate the application with Amazon API Gateway.

B. Host the application with AWS Amplify. Connect the application to an Amazon API Gateway API that is integrated with AWS Lambda.

C. Host the application on Amazon EC2 instances. Set up an Application Load Balancer with EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group as targets.

D. Host the application on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Set up an Application Load Balancer with Amazon ECS as the target.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A reporting team receives files each day in an Amazon S3 bucket. The reporting team manually reviews and copies the files from this initial S3 bucket to an analysis S3 bucket each day at the same time to use with Amazon QuickSight. Additional teams are starting to send more files in larger sizes to the initial S3 bucket.
The reporting team wants to move the files automatically analysis S3 bucket as the files enter the initial S3 bucket. The reporting team also wants to use AWS Lambda functions to run pattern-matching code on the copied data. In addition, the reporting team wants to send the data files to a pipeline in Amazon SageMaker Pipelines.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a Lambda function to copy the files to the analysis S3 bucket. Create an S3 event notification for the analysis S3 bucket. Configure Lambda and SageMaker Pipelines as destinations of the event notification. Configure s3:ObjectCreated:Put as the event type.

B. Create a Lambda function to copy the files to the analysis S3 bucket. Configure the analysis S3 bucket to send event notifications to Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events). Configure an ObjectCreated rule in EventBridge (CloudWatch Events). Configure Lambda and SageMaker Pipelines as targets for the rule.

C. Configure S3 replication between the S3 buckets. Create an S3 event notification for the analysis S3 bucket. Configure Lambda and SageMaker Pipelines as destinations of the event notification. Configure s3:ObjectCreated:Put as the event type.

D. Configure S3 replication between the S3 buckets. Configure the analysis S3 bucket to send event notifications to Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events). Configure an ObjectCreated rule in EventBridge (CloudWatch Events). Configure Lambda and SageMaker Pipelines as targets for the rule.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect needs to help a company optimize the cost of running an application on AWS. The application will use Amazon EC2 instances, AWS Fargate, and AWS Lambda for compute within the architecture.
The EC2 instances will run the data ingestion layer of the application. EC2 usage will be sporadic and unpredictable. Workloads that run on EC2 instances can be interrupted at any time. The application front end will run on Fargate, and Lambda will serve the API layer. The front-end utilization and API layer utilization will be predictable over the course of the next year.
Which combination of purchasing options will provide the MOST cost-effective solution for hosting this application? (Choose two.)

A. Use Spot Instances for the data ingestion layer

B. Use On-Demand Instances for the data ingestion layer

C. Purchase a 1-year Compute Savings Plan for the front end and API layer.

D. Purchase 1-year All Upfront Reserved instances for the data ingestion layer.

E. Purchase a 1-year EC2 instance Savings Plan for the front end and API layer.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A company runs its ecommerce application on AWS. Every new order is published as a massage in a RabbitMQ queue that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance in a single Availability Zone. These messages are processed by a different application that runs on a separate EC2 instance. This application stores the details in a PostgreSQL database on another EC2 instance. All the EC2 instances are in the same Availability Zone.
The company needs to redesign its architecture to provide the highest availability with the least operational overhead.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the queue to a redundant pair (active/standby) of RabbitMQ instances on Amazon MQ. Create a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the application. Create another Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the PostgreSQL database.

B. Migrate the queue to a redundant pair (active/standby) of RabbitMQ instances on Amazon MQ. Create a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the application. Migrate the database to run on a Multi-AZ deployment of Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL.

C. Create a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the RabbitMQ queue. Create another Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the application. Migrate the database to run on a Multi-AZ deployment of Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL.

D. Create a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the RabbitMQ queue. Create another Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the application. Create a third Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group for EC2 instances that host the PostgreSQL database








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs workloads on AWS. The company needs to connect to a service from an external provider. The service is hosted in the provider's VPC. According to the company’s security team, the connectivity must be private and must be restricted to the target service. The connection must be initiated only from the company’s VPC.
Which solution will mast these requirements?

A. Create a VPC peering connection between the company's VPC and the provider's VPC. Update the route table to connect to the target service.

B. Ask the provider to create a virtual private gateway in its VPC. Use AWS PrivateLink to connect to the target service.

C. Create a NAT gateway in a public subnet of the company’s VPUpdate the route table to connect to the target service.

D. Ask the provider to create a VPC endpoint for the target service. Use AWS PrivateLink to connect to the target service.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company uses AWS Organizations to create dedicated AWS accounts for each business unit to manage each business unit's account independently upon request. The root email recipient missed a notification that was sent to the root user email address of one account. The company wants to ensure that all future notifications are not missed. Future notifications must be limited to account administrators.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure the company’s email server to forward notification email messages that are sent to the AWS account root user email address to all users in the organization.

B. Configure all AWS account root user email addresses as distribution lists that go to a few administrators who can respond to alerts. Configure AWS account alternate contacts in the AWS Organizations console or programmatically.

C. Configure all AWS account root user email messages to be sent to one administrator who is responsible for monitoring alerts and forwarding those alerts to the appropriate groups.

D. Configure all existing AWS accounts and all newly created accounts to use the same root user email address. Configure AWS account alternate contacts in the AWS Organizations console or programmatically.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company runs an Oracle database on premises. As part of the company’s migration to AWS, the company wants to upgrade the database to the most recent available version. The company also wants to set up disaster recovery (DR) for the database. The company needs to minimize the operational overhead for normal operations and DR setup. The company also needs to maintain access to the database's underlying operating system.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the Oracle database to an Amazon EC2 instance. Set up database replication to a different AWS Region.

B. Migrate the Oracle database to Amazon RDS for Oracle. Activate Cross-Region automated backups to replicate the snapshots to another AWS Region.

C. Migrate the Oracle database to Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle. Create a read replica for the database in another AWS Region.

D. Migrate the Oracle database to Amazon RDS for Oracle. Create a standby database in another Availability Zone.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company’s website provides users with downloadable historical performance reports. The website needs a solution that will scale to meet the company’s website demands globally. The solution should be cost-effective, limit the provisioning of infrastructure resources, and provide the fastest possible response time.
Which combination should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon CloudFront and Amazon S3

B. AWS Lambda and Amazon DynamoDB

C. Application Load Balancer with Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling

D. Amazon Route 53 with internal Application Load Balancers








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is developing a file-sharing application that will use an Amazon S3 bucket for storage. The company wants to serve all the files through an Amazon CloudFront distribution. The company does not want the files to be accessible through direct navigation to the S3 URL.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Write individual policies for each S3 bucket to grant read permission for only CloudFront access.

B. Create an IAM user. Grant the user read permission to objects in the S3 bucket. Assign the user to CloudFront.

C. Write an S3 bucket policy that assigns the CloudFront distribution ID as the Principal and assigns the target S3 bucket as the Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

D. Create an origin access identity (OAI). Assign the OAI to the CloudFront distribution. Configure the S3 bucket permissions so that only the OAI has read permission.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is running a multi-tier web application on premises. The web application is containerized and runs on a number of Linux hosts connected to a PostgreSQL database that contains user records. The operational overhead of maintaining the infrastructure and capacity planning is limiting the company's growth. A solutions architect must improve the application's infrastructure.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to Amazon Aurora.

B. Migrate the web application to be hosted on Amazon EC2 instances.

C. Set up an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the web application content.

D. Set up Amazon ElastiCache between the web application and the PostgreSQL database.

E. Migrate the web application to be hosted on AWS Fargate with Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS).






 

Suggested Answer: AE

Community Answer: AE

An application runs on Amazon EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zonas. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer. The application performs best when the CPU utilization of the EC2 instances is at or near 40%.
What should a solutions architect do to maintain the desired performance across all instances in the group?

A. Use a simple scaling policy to dynamically scale the Auto Scaling group.

B. Use a target tracking policy to dynamically scale the Auto Scaling group.

C. Use an AWS Lambda function ta update the desired Auto Scaling group capacity.

D. Use scheduled scaling actions to scale up and scale down the Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to run applications in containers in the AWS Cloud. These applications are stateless and can tolerate disruptions within the underlying infrastructure. The company needs a solution that minimizes cost and operational overhead.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Spot Instances in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to run the application containers.

B. Use Spot Instances in an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) managed node group.

C. Use On-Demand Instances in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to run the application containers.

D. Use On-Demand Instances in an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) managed node group.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A media company is evaluating the possibility of moving its systems to the AWS Cloud. The company needs at least 10 TB of storage with the maximum possible I/O performance for video processing, 300 TB of very durable storage for storing media content, and 900 TB of storage to meet requirements for archival media that is not in use anymore.
Which set of services should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon EBS for maximum performance, Amazon S3 for durable data storage, and Amazon S3 Glacier for archival storage

B. Amazon EBS for maximum performance, Amazon EFS for durable data storage, and Amazon S3 Glacier for archival storage

C. Amazon EC2 instance store for maximum performance, Amazon EFS for durable data storage, and Amazon S3 for archival storage

D. Amazon EC2 instance store for maximum performance, Amazon S3 for durable data storage, and Amazon S3 Glacier for archival storage








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect needs to implement a solution to reduce a company's storage costs. All the company's data is in the Amazon S3 Standard storage class. The company must keep all data for at least 25 years. Data from the most recent 2 years must be highly available and immediately retrievable.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive immediately.

B. Set up an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 2 years.

C. Use S3 Intelligent-Tiering. Activate the archiving option to ensure that data is archived in S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

D. Set up an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) immediately and to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 2 years.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs its two-tier ecommerce website on AWS. The web tier consists of a load balancer that sends traffic to Amazon EC2 instances. The database tier uses an Amazon RDS DB instance. The EC2 instances and the RDS DB instance should not be exposed to the public internet. The EC2 instances require internet access to complete payment processing of orders through a third-party web service. The application must be highly available.
Which combination of configuration options will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use an Auto Scaling group to launch the EC2 instances in private subnets. Deploy an RDS Multi-AZ DB instance in private subnets.

B. Configure a VPC with two private subnets and two NAT gateways across two Availability Zones. Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the private subnets.

C. Use an Auto Scaling group to launch the EC2 instances in public subnets across two Availability Zones. Deploy an RDS Multi-AZ DB instance in private subnets.

D. Configure a VPC with one public subnet, one private subnet, and two NAT gateways across two Availability Zones. Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the public subnet.D. Configure a VPC with two public subnets, two private subnets, and two NAT gateways across two Availability Zones. Deploy an Application Load Balancer in the public subnets.








 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: AD

A company has a highly dynamic batch processing job that uses many Amazon EC2 instances to complete it. The job is stateless in nature, can be started and stopped at any given time with no negative impact, and typically takes upwards of 60 minutes total to complete. The company has asked a solutions architect to design a scalable and cost-effective solution that meets the requirements of the job.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Implement EC2 Spot Instances.

B. Purchase EC2 Reserved Instances.

C. Implement EC2 On-Demand Instances.

D. Implement the processing on AWS Lambda.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to build a scalable key management infrastructure to support developers who need to encrypt data in their applications.
What should a solutions architect do to reduce the operational burden?

A. Use multi-factor authentication (MFA) to protect the encryption keys.

B. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to protect the encryption keys.

C. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to create, store, and assign the encryption keys.

D. Use an IAM policy to limit the scope of users who have access permissions to protect the encryption keys.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a dynamic web application hosted on two Amazon EC2 instances. The company has its own SSL certificate, which is on each instance to perform SSL termination.
There has been an increase in traffic recently, and the operations team determined that SSL encryption and decryption is causing the compute capacity of the web servers to reach their maximum limit.
What should a solutions architect do to increase the application's performance?

A. Create a new SSL certificate using AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Install the ACM certificate on each instance.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket Migrate the SSL certificate to the S3 bucket. Configure the EC2 instances to reference the bucket for SSL termination.

C. Create another EC2 instance as a proxy server. Migrate the SSL certificate to the new instance and configure it to direct connections to the existing EC2 instances.

D. Import the SSL certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Create an Application Load Balancer with an HTTPS listener that uses the SSL certificate from ACM.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is building a web-based application running on Amazon EC2 instances in multiple Availability Zones. The web application will provide access to a repository of text documents totaling about 900 TB in size. The company anticipates that the web application will experience periods of high demand. A solutions architect must ensure that the storage component for the text documents can scale to meet the demand of the application at all times. The company is concerned about the overall cost of the solution.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

B. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

C. Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service)

D. Amazon S3








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect must design a solution that uses Amazon CloudFront with an Amazon S3 origin to store a static website. The company’s security policy requires that all website traffic be inspected by AWS WAF.
How should the solutions architect comply with these requirements?

A. Configure an S3 bucket policy to accept requests coming from the AWS WAF Amazon Resource Name (ARN) only.

B. Configure Amazon CloudFront to forward all incoming requests to AWS WAF before requesting content from the S3 origin.

C. Configure a security group that allows Amazon CloudFront IP addresses to access Amazon S3 only. Associate AWS WAF to CloudFront.

D. Configure Amazon CloudFront and Amazon S3 to use an origin access identity (OAI) to restrict access to the S3 bucket. Enable AWS WAF on the distribution.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs a production application on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The application reads the data from an Amazon SQS queue and processes the messages in parallel. The message volume is unpredictable and often has intermittent traffic. This application should continually process messages without any downtime.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Spot Instances exclusively to handle the maximum capacity required.

B. Use Reserved Instances exclusively to handle the maximum capacity required.

C. Use Reserved Instances for the baseline capacity and use Spot Instances to handle additional capacity.

D. Use Reserved Instances for the baseline capacity and use On-Demand Instances to handle additional capacity.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company wants to use high performance computing (HPC) infrastructure on AWS for financial risk modeling. The company’s HPC workloads run on Linux. Each HPC workflow runs on hundreds of Amazon EC2 Spot Instances, is short-lived, and generates thousands of output files that are ultimately stored in persistent storage for analytics and long-term future use.
The company seeks a cloud storage solution that permits the copying of on-premises data to long-term persistent storage to make data available for processing by all EC2 instances. The solution should also be a high performance file system that is integrated with persistent storage to read and write datasets and output files.
Which combination of AWS services meets these requirements?

A. Amazon FSx for Lustre integrated with Amazon S3

B. Amazon FSx for Windows File Server integrated with Amazon S3

C. Amazon S3 Glacier integrated with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

D. Amazon S3 bucket with a VPC endpoint integrated with an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) General Purpose SSD (gp2) volume








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has two applications: a sender application that sends messages with payloads to be processed and a processing application intended to receive the messages with payloads. The company wants to implement an AWS service to handle messages between the two applications. The sender application can send about 1,000 messages each hour. The messages may take up to 2 days to be processed: If the messages fail to process, they must be retained so that they do not impact the processing of any remaining messages.
Which solution meets these requirements and is the MOST operationally efficient?

A. Set up an Amazon EC2 instance running a Redis database. Configure both applications to use the instance. Store, process, and delete the messages, respectively.

B. Use an Amazon Kinesis data stream to receive the messages from the sender application. Integrate the processing application with the Kinesis Client Library (KCL).

C. Integrate the sender and processor applications with an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Configure a dead-letter queue to collect the messages that failed to process.

D. Subscribe the processing application to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to receive notifications to process. Integrate the sender application to write to the SNS topic.








 

Suggested Answer: С

Community Answer: C

A company has a small Python application that processes JSON documents and outputs the results to an on-premises SQL database. The application runs thousands of times each day. The company wants to move the application to the AWS Cloud. The company needs a highly available solution that maximizes scalability and minimizes operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Place the JSON documents in an Amazon S3 bucket. Run the Python code on multiple Amazon EC2 instances to process the documents. Store the results in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

B. Place the JSON documents in an Amazon S3 bucket. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs the Python code to process the documents as they arrive in the S3 bucket. Store the results in an Amazon Aurora DB cluster.

C. Place the JSON documents in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Use the EBS Multi-Attach feature to attach the volume to multiple Amazon EC2 instances. Run the Python code on the EC2 instances to process the documents. Store the results on an Amazon RDS DB instance.

D. Place the JSON documents in an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as messages. Deploy the Python code as a container on an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster that is configured with the Amazon EC2 launch type. Use the container to process the SQS messages. Store the results on an Amazon RDS DB instance.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

An ecommerce company hosts its analytics application in the AWS Cloud. The application generates about 300 MB of data each month. The data is stored in JSON format. The company is evaluating a disaster recovery solution to back up the data. The data must be accessible in milliseconds if it is needed, and the data must be kept for 30 days.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service)

B. Amazon S3 Glacier

C. Amazon S3 Standard

D. Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is running a publicly accessible serverless application that uses Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda. The application’s traffic recently spiked due to fraudulent requests from botnets.
Which steps should a solutions architect take to block requests from unauthorized users? (Choose two.)

A. Create a usage plan with an API key that is shared with genuine users only.

B. Integrate logic within the Lambda function to ignore the requests from fraudulent IP addresses.

C. Implement an AWS WAF rule to target malicious requests and trigger actions to filter them out.

D. Convert the existing public API to a private API. Update the DNS records to redirect users to the new API endpoint.

E. Create an IAM role for each user attempting to access the API. A user will assume the role when making the API call.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: AC

A solutions architect is optimizing a website for an upcoming musical event. Videos of the performances will be streamed in real time and then will be available on demand. The event is expected to attract a global online audience.
Which service will improve the performance of both the real-time and on-demand streaming?

A. Amazon CloudFront

B. AWS Global Accelerator

C. Amazon Route 53

D. Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company produces batch data that comes from different databases. The company also produces live stream data from network sensors and application APIs. The company needs to consolidate all the data into one place for business analytics. The company needs to process the incoming data and then stage the data in different Amazon S3 buckets. Teams will later run one-time queries and import the data into a business intelligence tool to show key performance indicators (KPIs).
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead? (Choose two.)

A. Use Amazon Athena for one-time queries. Use Amazon QuickSight to create dashboards for KPIs.

B. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics for one-time queries. Use Amazon QuickSight to create dashboards for KPIs.

C. Create custom AWS Lambda functions to move the individual records from the databases to an Amazon Redshift cluster.

D. Use an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to convert the data into JSON format. Load the data into multiple Amazon OpenSearch Service (Amazon Elasticsearch Service) clusters.

E. Use blueprints in AWS Lake Formation to identify the data that can be ingested into a data lake. Use AWS Glue to crawl the source, extract the data, and load the data into Amazon S3 in Apache Parquet format.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AE

A company stores data in an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster. The company must store all the data for 5 years and must delete all the data after 5 years. The company also must indefinitely keep audit logs of actions that are performed within the database. Currently, the company has automated backups configured for Aurora.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Take a manual snapshot of the DB cluster.

B. Create a lifecycle policy for the automated backups.

C. Configure automated backup retention for 5 years.

D. Configure an Amazon CloudWatch Logs export for the DB cluster.

E. Use AWS Backup to take the backups and to keep the backups for 5 years.






 

Suggested Answer: BE

Community Answer: DE

A company needs to save the results from a medical trial to an Amazon S3 repository. The repository must allow a few scientists to add new files and must restrict all other users to read-only access. No users can have the ability to modify or delete any files in the repository. The company must keep every file in the repository for a minimum of 1 year after its creation date.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use S3 Object Lock in governance mode with a legal hold of 1 year.

B. Use S3 Object Lock in compliance mode with a retention period of 365 days.

C. Use an IAM role to restrict all users from deleting or changing objects in the S3 bucket. Use an S3 bucket policy to only allow the IAM role.

D. Configure the S3 bucket to invoke an AWS Lambda function every time an object is added. Configure the function to track the hash of the saved object so that modified objects can be marked accordingly.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses a three-tier web application to provide training to new employees. The application is accessed for only 12 hours every day. The company is using an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance to store information and wants to minimize costs.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure an IAM policy for AWS Systems Manager Session Manager. Create an IAM role for the policy. Update the trust relationship of the role. Set up automatic start and stop for the DB instance.

B. Create an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cache cluster that gives users the ability to access the data from the cache when the DB instance is stopped. Invalidate the cache after the DB instance is started.

C. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance. Create an IAM role that grants access to Amazon RDS. Attach the role to the EC2 instance. Configure a cron job to start and stop the EC2 instance on the desired schedule.

D. Create AWS Lambda functions to start and stop the DB instance. Create Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) scheduled rules to invoke the Lambda functions. Configure the Lambda functions as event targets for the rules.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company sells ringtones created from clips of popular songs. The files containing the ringtones are stored in Amazon S3 Standard and are at least 128 KB in size. The company has millions of files, but downloads are infrequent for ringtones older than 90 days. The company needs to save money on storage while keeping the most accessed files readily available for its users.
Which action should the company take to meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage for the initial storage tier of the objects.

B. Move the files to S3 Intelligent-Tiering and configure it to move objects to a less expensive storage tier after 90 days.

C. Configure S3 inventory to manage objects and move them to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-1A) after 90 days.

D. Implement an S3 Lifecycle policy that moves the objects from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-1A) after 90 days.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is migrating an application from on-premises servers to Amazon EC2 instances. As part of the migration design requirements, a solutions architect must implement infrastructure metric alarms. The company does not need to take action if CPU utilization increases to more than 50% for a short burst of time. However, if the CPU utilization increases to more than 50% and read IOPS on the disk are high at the same time, the company needs to act as soon as possible. The solutions architect also must reduce false alarms.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create Amazon CloudWatch composite alarms where possible.

B. Create Amazon CloudWatch dashboards to visualize the metrics and react to issues quickly.

C. Create Amazon CloudWatch Synthetics canaries to monitor the application and raise an alarm.

D. Create single Amazon CloudWatch metric alarms with multiple metric thresholds where possible.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to migrate its on-premises data center to AWS. According to the company's compliance requirements, the company can use only the ap-northeast-3 Region. Company administrators are not permitted to connect VPCs to the internet.
Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use AWS Control Tower to implement data residency guardrails to deny internet access and deny access to all AWS Regions except ap-northeast-3.

B. Use rules in AWS WAF to prevent internet access. Deny access to all AWS Regions except ap-northeast-3 in the AWS account settings.

C. Use AWS Organizations to configure service control policies (SCPS) that prevent VPCs from gaining internet access. Deny access to all AWS Regions except ap-northeast-3.

D. Create an outbound rule for the network ACL in each VPC to deny all traffic from 0.0.0.0/0. Create an IAM policy for each user to prevent the use of any AWS Region other than ap-northeast-3.

E. Use AWS Config to activate managed rules to detect and alert for internet gateways and to detect and alert for new resources deployed outside of ap-northeast-3.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A company has a service that produces event data. The company wants to use AWS to process the event data as it is received. The data is written in a specific order that must be maintained throughout processing. The company wants to implement a solution that minimizes operational overhead.
How should a solutions architect accomplish this?

A. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue to hold messages. Set up an AWS Lambda function to process messages from the queue.

B. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to deliver notifications containing payloads to process. Configure an AWS Lambda function as a subscriber.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) standard queue to hold messages. Set up an AWS Lambda function to process messages from the queue independently.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to deliver notifications containing payloads to process. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as a subscriber.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a data ingestion workflow that includes the following components:
An Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that receives notifications about new data deliveries
An AWS Lambda function that processes and stores the data
The ingestion workflow occasionally fails because of network connectivity issues. When failure occurs, the corresponding data is not ingested unless the company manually reruns the job.
What should a solutions architect do to ensure that all notifications are eventually processed?

A. Configure the Lambda function for deployment across multiple Availability Zones.

B. Modify the Lambda function's configuration to increase the CPU and memory allocations for the function.

C. Configure the SNS topic’s retry strategy to increase both the number of retries and the wait time between retries.

D. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue as the on-failure destination. Modify the Lambda function to process messages in the queue.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs a stateless web application in production on a group of Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The application experiences heavy usage during an 8-hour period each business day. Application usage is moderate and steady overnight. Application usage is low during weekends.
The company wants to minimize its EC2 costs without affecting the availability of the application.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Spot Instances for the entire workload.

B. Use Reserved Instances for the baseline level of usage. Use Spot instances for any additional capacity that the application needs.

C. Use On-Demand Instances for the baseline level of usage. Use Spot Instances for any additional capacity that the application needs.

D. Use Dedicated Instances for the baseline level of usage. Use On-Demand Instances for any additional capacity that the application needs.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company recently started using Amazon Aurora as the data store for its global ecommerce application. When large reports are run, developers report that the ecommerce application is performing poorly. After reviewing metrics in Amazon CloudWatch, a solutions architect finds that the ReadIOPS and CPUUtilizalion metrics are spiking when monthly reports run.
What is the MOST cost-effective solution?

A. Migrate the monthly reporting to Amazon Redshift.

B. Migrate the monthly reporting to an Aurora Replica.

C. Migrate the Aurora database to a larger instance class.

D. Increase the Provisioned IOPS on the Aurora instance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A gaming company is designing a highly available architecture. The application runs on a modified Linux kernel and supports only UDP-based traffic. The company needs the front-end tier to provide the best possible user experience. That tier must have low latency, route traffic to the nearest edge location, and provide static IP addresses for entry into the application endpoints.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon Route 53 to forward requests to an Application Load Balancer. Use AWS Lambda for the application in AWS Application Auto Scaling.

B. Configure Amazon CloudFront to forward requests to a Network Load Balancer. Use AWS Lambda for the application in an AWS Application Auto Scaling group.

C. Configure AWS Global Accelerator to forward requests to a Network Load Balancer. Use Amazon EC2 instances for the application in an EC2 Auto Scaling group.

D. Configure Amazon API Gateway to forward requests to an Application Load Balancer. Use Amazon EC2 instances for the application in an EC2 Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is running a batch application on Amazon EC2 instances. The application consists of a backend with multiple Amazon RDS databases. The application is causing a high number of reads on the databases. A solutions architect must reduce the number of database reads while ensuring high availability.
What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Add Amazon RDS read replicas.

B. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis.

C. Use Amazon Route 53 DNS caching

D. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company runs a containerized application on a Kubernetes cluster in an on-premises data center. The company is using a MongoDB database for data storage. The company wants to migrate some of these environments to AWS, but no code changes or deployment method changes are possible at this time. The company needs a solution that minimizes operational overhead.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with Amazon EC2 worker nodes for compute and MongoDB on EC2 for data storage.

B. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with AWS Fargate for compute and Amazon DynamoDB for data storage

C. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with Amazon EC2 worker nodes for compute and Amazon DynamoDB for data storage.

D. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with AWS Fargate for compute and Amazon DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) for data storage.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has an ordering application that stores customer information in Amazon RDS for MySQL. During regular business hours, employees run one-time queries for reporting purposes. Timeouts are occurring during order processing because the reporting queries are taking a long time to run. The company needs to eliminate the timeouts without preventing employees from performing queries.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a read replica. Move reporting queries to the read replica.

B. Create a read replica. Distribute the ordering application to the primary DB instance and the read replica.

C. Migrate the ordering application to Amazon DynamoDB with on-demand capacity.

D. Schedule the reporting queries for non-peak hours.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A hospital wants to create digital copies for its large collection of historical written records. The hospital will continue to add hundreds of new documents each day. The hospital’s data team will scan the documents and will upload the documents to the AWS Cloud.
A solutions architect must implement a solution to analyze the documents, extract the medical information, and store the documents so that an application can run SQL queries on the data. The solution must maximize scalability and operational efficiency.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Write the document information to an Amazon EC2 instance that runs a MySQL database.

B. Write the document information to an Amazon S3 bucket. Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

C. Create an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to run a custom application that processes the scanned files and extracts the medical information.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs when new documents are uploaded. Use Amazon Rekognition to convert the documents to raw text. Use Amazon Transcribe Medical to detect and extract relevant medical information from the text.

E. Create an AWS Lambda function that runs when new documents are uploaded. Use Amazon Textract to convert the documents to raw text. Use Amazon Comprehend Medical to detect and extract relevant medical information from the text.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: BE

A company needs to store contract documents. A contract lasts for 5 years. During the 5-year period, the company must ensure that the documents cannot be overwritten or deleted. The company needs to encrypt the documents at rest and rotate the encryption keys automatically every year.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead? (Choose two.)

A. Store the documents in Amazon S3. Use S3 Object Lock in governance mode.

B. Store the documents in Amazon S3. Use S3 Object Lock in compliance mode.

C. Use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Configure key rotation.

D. Use server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed keys. Configure key rotation.

E. Use server-side encryption with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer provided (imported) keys. Configure key rotation.






 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: BD

A company has a web application that is based on Java and PHP. The company plans to move the application from on premises to AWS. The company needs the ability to test new site features frequently. The company also needs a highly available and managed solution that requires minimum operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 bucket. Enable static web hosting on the S3 bucket. Upload the static content to the S3 bucket. Use AWS Lambda to process all dynamic content.

B. Deploy the web application to an AWS Elastic Beanstalk environment. Use URL swapping to switch between multiple Elastic Beanstalk environments for feature testing.

C. Deploy the web application to Amazon EC2 instances that are configured with Java and PHP. Use Auto Scaling groups and an Application Load Balancer to manage the website’s availability.

D. Containerize the web application. Deploy the web application to Amazon EC2 instances. Use the AWS Load Balancer Controller to dynamically route traffic between containers that contain the new site features for testing.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company is developing an ecommerce application that will consist of a load-balanced front end, a container-based application, and a relational database. A solutions architect needs to create a highly available solution that operates with as little manual intervention as possible.
Which solutions meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Create an Amazon RDS DB instance in Multi-AZ mode.

B. Create an Amazon RDS DB instance and one or more replicas in another Availability Zone.

C. Create an Amazon EC2 instance-based Docker cluster to handle the dynamic application load.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with a Fargate launch type to handle the dynamic application load.

E. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with an Amazon EC2 launch type to handle the dynamic application load.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company has an AWS account used for software engineering. The AWS account has access to the company’s on-premises data center through a pair of AWS Direct Connect connections. All non-VPC traffic routes to the virtual private gateway.
A development team recently created an AWS Lambda function through the console. The development team needs to allow the function to access a database that runs in a private subnet in the company’s data center.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure the Lambda function to run in the VPC with the appropriate security group.

B. Set up a VPN connection from AWS to the data center. Route the traffic from the Lambda function through the VPN.

C. Update the route tables in the VPC to allow the Lambda function to access the on-premises data center through Direct Connect.

D. Create an Elastic IP address. Configure the Lambda function to send traffic through the Elastic IP address without an elastic network interface.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company is building a new dynamic ordering website. The company wants to minimize server maintenance and patching. The website must be highly available and must scale read and write capacity as quickly as possible to meet changes in user demand.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Host static content in Amazon S3. Host dynamic content by using Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda. Use Amazon DynamoDB with on-demand capacity for the database. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver the website content.

B. Host static content in Amazon S3. Host dynamic content by using Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda. Use Amazon Aurora with Aurora Auto Scaling for the database. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver the website content.

C. Host all the website content on Amazon EC2 instances. Create an Auto Scaling group to scale the EC2 instances. Use an Application Load Balancer to distribute traffic. Use Amazon DynamoDB with provisioned write capacity for the database.

D. Host all the website content on Amazon EC2 instances. Create an Auto Scaling group to scale the EC2 instances. Use an Application Load Balancer to distribute traffic. Use Amazon Aurora with Aurora Auto Scaling for the database.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to migrate its MySQL database from on premises to AWS. The company recently experienced a database outage that significantly impacted the business. To ensure this does not happen again, the company wants a reliable database solution on AWS that minimizes data loss and stores every transaction on at least two nodes.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon RDS DB instance with synchronous replication to three nodes in three Availability Zones.

B. Create an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance with Multi-AZ functionality enabled to synchronously replicate the data.

C. Create an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance and then create a read replica in a separate AWS Region that synchronously replicates the data.

D. Create an Amazon EC2 instance with a MySQL engine installed that triggers an AWS Lambda function to synchronously replicate the data to an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a legacy data processing application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. Data is processed sequentially, but the order of results does not matter. The application uses a monolithic architecture. The only way that the company can scale the application to meet increased demand is to increase the size of the instances.
The company’s developers have decided to rewrite the application to use a microservices architecture on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS).
What should a solutions architect recommend for communication between the microservices?

A. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Add code to the data producers, and send data to the queue. Add code to the data consumers to process data from the queue.

B. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Add code to the data producers, and publish notifications to the topic. Add code to the data consumers to subscribe to the topic.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function to pass messages. Add code to the data producers to call the Lambda function with a data object. Add code to the data consumers to receive a data object that is passed from the Lambda function.

D. Create an Amazon DynamoDB table. Enable DynamoDB Streams. Add code to the data producers to insert data into the table. Add code to the data consumers to use the DynamoDB Streams API to detect new table entries and retrieve the data.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect needs to securely store a database user name and password that an application uses to access an Amazon RDS DB instance. The application that accesses the database runs on an Amazon EC2 instance. The solutions architect wants to create a secure parameter in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store.
What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Create an IAM role that has read access to the Parameter Store parameter. Allow Decrypt access to an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that is used to encrypt the parameter. Assign this IAM role to the EC2 instance.

B. Create an IAM policy that allows read access to the Parameter Store parameter. Allow Decrypt access to an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key that is used to encrypt the parameter. Assign this IAM policy to the EC2 instance.

C. Create an IAM trust relationship between the Parameter Store parameter and the EC2 instance. Specify Amazon RDS as a principal in the trust policy.

D. Create an IAM trust relationship between the DB instance and the EC2 instance. Specify Systems Manager as a principal in the trust policy.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is designing a cloud communications platform that is driven by APIs. The application is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances behind a Network Load Balancer (NLB). The company uses Amazon API Gateway to provide external users with access to the application through APIs. The company wants to protect the platform against web exploits like SQL injection and also wants to detect and mitigate large, sophisticated DDoS attacks.
Which combination of solutions provides the MOST protection? (Choose two.)

A. Use AWS WAF to protect the NLB.

B. Use AWS Shield Advanced with the NLB.

C. Use AWS WAF to protect Amazon API Gateway.

D. Use Amazon GuardDuty with AWS Shield Standard

E. Use AWS Shield Standard with Amazon API Gateway.






 

Suggested Answer: BC

Community Answer: BC

An ecommerce company has an order-processing application that uses Amazon API Gateway and an AWS Lambda function. The application stores data in an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database. During a recent sales event, a sudden surge in customer orders occurred. Some customers experienced timeouts, and the application did not process the orders of those customers.
A solutions architect determined that the CPU utilization and memory utilization were high on the database because of a large number of open connections. The solutions architect needs to prevent the timeout errors while making the least possible changes to the application.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure provisioned concurrency for the Lambda function. Modify the database to be a global database in multiple AWS Regions.

B. Use Amazon RDS Proxy to create a proxy for the database. Modify the Lambda function to use the RDS Proxy endpoint instead of the database endpoint.

C. Create a read replica for the database in a different AWS Region. Use query string parameters in API Gateway to route traffic to the read replica.

D. Migrate the data from Aurora PostgreSQL to Amazon DynamoDB by using AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS). Modify the Lambda function to use the DynamoDB table.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a multi-tier application that runs six front-end web servers in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group in a single Availability Zone behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). A solutions architect needs to modify the infrastructure to be highly available without modifying the application.
Which architecture should the solutions architect choose that provides high availability?

A. Create an Auto Scaling group that uses three instances across each of two Regions.

B. Modify the Auto Scaling group to use three instances across each of two Availability Zones.

C. Create an Auto Scaling template that can be used to quickly create more instances in another Region.

D. Change the ALB in front of the Amazon EC2 instances in a round-robin configuration to balance traffic to the web tier.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A gaming company hosts a browser-based application on AWS. The users of the application consume a large number of videos and images that are stored in Amazon S3. This content is the same for all users.
The application has increased in popularity, and millions of users worldwide accessing these media files. The company wants to provide the files to the users while reducing the load on the origin.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Deploy an AWS Global Accelerator accelerator in front of the web servers.

B. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront web distribution in front of the S3 bucket.

C. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis instance in front of the web servers.

D. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached instance in front of the web servers.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is creating a new Amazon CloudFront distribution for an application. Some of the information submitted by users is sensitive. The application uses HTTPS but needs another layer of security. The sensitive information should.be protected throughout the entire application stack, and access to the information should be restricted to certain applications.
Which action should the solutions architect take?

A. Configure a CloudFront signed URL.

B. Configure a CloudFront signed cookie.

C. Configure a CloudFront field-level encryption profile.

D. Configure CloudFront and set the Origin Protocol Policy setting to HTTPS Only for the Viewer Protocol Policy.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A security team wants to limit access to specific services or actions in all of the team’s AWS accounts. All accounts belong to a large organization in AWS Organizations. The solution must be scalable and there must be a single point where permissions can be maintained.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Create an ACL to provide access to the services or actions.

B. Create a security group to allow accounts and attach it to user groups.

C. Create cross-account roles in each account to deny access to the services or actions.

D. Create a service control policy in the root organizational unit to deny access to the services or actions.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

Organizers for a global event want to put daily reports online as static HTML pages. The pages are expected to generate millions of views from users around the world. The files are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket. A solutions architect has been asked to design an efficient and effective solution.
Which action should the solutions architect take to accomplish this?

A. Generate presigned URLs for the files.

B. Use cross-Region replication to all Regions.

C. Use the geoproximity feature of Amazon Route 53.

D. Use Amazon CloudFront with the S3 bucket as its origin.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is concerned about the security of its public web application due to recent web attacks. The application uses an Application Load Balancer (ALB). A solutions architect must reduce the risk of DDoS attacks against the application.
What should the solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Add an Amazon Inspector agent to the ALB.

B. Configure Amazon Macie to prevent attacks.

C. Enable AWS Shield Advanced to prevent attacks.

D. Configure Amazon GuardDuty to monitor the ALB.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company needs to retain its AWS CloudTrail logs for 3 years. The company is enforcing CloudTrail across a set of AWS accounts by using AWS Organizations from the parent account. The CloudTrail target S3 bucket is configured with S3 Versioning enabled. An S3 Lifecycle policy is in place to delete current objects after 3 years.
After the fourth year of use of the S3 bucket, the S3 bucket metrics show that the number of objects has continued to rise. However, the number of new CloudTrail logs that are delivered to the S3 bucket has remained consistent.
Which solution will delete objects that are older than 3 years in the MOST cost-effective manner?

A. Configure the organization’s centralized CloudTrail trail to expire objects after 3 years.

B. Configure the S3 Lifecycle policy to delete previous versions as well as current versions.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function to enumerate and delete objects from Amazon S3 that are older than 3 years.

D. Configure the parent account as the owner of all objects that are delivered to the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is designing a new API using Amazon API Gateway that will receive requests from users. The volume of requests is highly variable; several hours can pass without receiving a single request. The data processing will take place asynchronously, but should be completed within a few seconds after a request is made.
Which compute service should the solutions architect have the API invoke to deliver the requirements at the lowest cost?

A. An AWS Glue job

B. An AWS Lambda function

C. A containerized service hosted in Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS)

D. A containerized service hosted in Amazon ECS with Amazon EC2








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has deployed a Java Spring Boot application as a pod that runs on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) in private subnets. The application needs to write data to an Amazon DynamoDB table. A solutions architect must ensure that the application can interact with the DynamoDB table without exposing traffic to the internet.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to accomplish this goal? (Choose two.)

A. Attach an IAM role that has sufficient privileges to the EKS pod.

B. Attach an IAM user that has sufficient privileges to the EKS pod.

C. Allow outbound connectivity to the DynamoDB table through the private subnets’ network ACLs.

D. Create a VPC endpoint for DynamoDB.

E. Embed the access keys in the Java Spring Boot code.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company runs a global web application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The application stores data in Amazon Aurora. The company needs to create a disaster recovery solution and can tolerate up to 30 minutes of downtime and potential data loss. The solution does not need to handle the load when the primary infrastructure is healthy.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the application with the required infrastructure elements in place. Use Amazon Route 53 to configure active-passive failover. Create an Aurora Replica in a second AWS Region.

B. Host a scaled-down deployment of the application in a second AWS Region. Use Amazon Route 53 to configure active-active failover. Create an Aurora Replica in the second Region.

C. Replicate the primary infrastructure in a second AWS Region. Use Amazon Route 53 to configure active-active failover. Create an Aurora database that is restored from the latest snapshot.

D. Back up data with AWS Backup. Use the backup to create the required infrastructure in a second AWS Region. Use Amazon Route 53 to configure active-passive failover. Create an Aurora second primary instance in the second Region.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company’s application is having performance issues. The application is stateful and needs to complete in-memory tasks on Amazon EC2 instances. The company used AWS CloudFormation to deploy infrastructure and used the M5 EC2 instance family. As traffic increased, the application performance degraded. Users are reporting delays when the users attempt to access the application.
Which solution will resolve these issues in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. Replace the EC2 instances with T3 EC2 instances that run in an Auto Scaling group. Make the changes by using the AWS Management Console.

B. Modify the CloudFormation templates to run the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group. Increase the desired capacity and the maximum capacity of the Auto Scaling group manually when an increase is necessary.

C. Modify the CloudFormation templates. Replace the EC2 instances with R5 EC2 instances. Use Amazon CloudWatch built-in EC2 memory metrics to track the application performance for future capacity planning.

D. Modify the CloudFormation templates. Replace the EC2 instances with R5 EC2 instances. Deploy the Amazon CloudWatch agent on the EC2 instances to generate custom application latency metrics for future capacity planning.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is developing a new mobile app. The company must implement proper traffic filtering to protect its Application Load Balancer (ALB) against common application-level attacks, such as cross-site scripting or SQL injection. The company has minimal infrastructure and operational staff. The company needs to reduce its share of the responsibility in managing, updating, and securing servers for its AWS environment.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Configure AWS WAF rules and associate them with the ALB.

B. Deploy the application using Amazon S3 with public hosting enabled.

C. Deploy AWS Shield Advanced and add the ALB as a protected resource.

D. Create a new ALB that directs traffic to an Amazon EC2 instance running a third-party firewall, which then passes the traffic to the current ALB.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a serverless website with millions of objects in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company uses the S3 bucket as the origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution. The company did not set encryption on the S3 bucket before the objects were loaded. A solutions architect needs to enable encryption for all existing objects and for all objects that are added to the S3 bucket in the future.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of effort?

A. Create a new S3 bucket. Turn on the default encryption settings for the new S3 bucket. Download all existing objects to temporary local storage. Upload the objects to the new S3 bucket.

B. Turn on the default encryption settings for the S3 bucket. Use the S3 Inventory feature to create a .csv file that lists the unencrypted objects. Run an S3 Batch Operations job that uses the copy command to encrypt those objects.

C. Create a new encryption key by using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). Change the settings on the S3 bucket to use server-side encryption with AWS KMS managed encryption keys (SSE-KMS). Turn on versioning for the S3 bucket.

D. Navigate to Amazon S3 in the AWS Management Console. Browse the S3 bucket’s objects. Sort by the encryption field. Select each unencrypted object. Use the Modify button to apply default encryption settings to every unencrypted object in the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company’s reporting system delivers hundreds of .csv files to an Amazon S3 bucket each day. The company must convert these files to Apache Parquet format and must store the files in a transformed data bucket.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST development effort?

A. Create an Amazon EMR cluster with Apache Spark installed. Write a Spark application to transform the data. Use EMR File System (EMRFS) to write files to the transformed data bucket.

B. Create an AWS Glue crawler to discover the data. Create an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to transform the data. Specify the transformed data bucket in the output step.

C. Use AWS Batch to create a job definition with Bash syntax to transform the data and output the data to the transformed data bucket. Use the job definition to submit a job. Specify an array job as the job type.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function to transform the data and output the data to the transformed data bucket. Configure an event notification for the S3 bucket. Specify the Lambda function as the destination for the event notification.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company has 700 TB of backup data stored in network attached storage (NAS) in its data center. This backup data need to be accessible for infrequent regulatory requests and must be retained 7 years. The company has decided to migrate this backup data from its data center to AWS. The migration must be complete within 1 month. The company has 500 Mbps of dedicated bandwidth on its public internet connection available for data transfer.
What should a solutions architect do to migrate and store the data at the LOWEST cost?

A. Order AWS Snowball devices to transfer the data. Use a lifecycle policy to transition the files to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

B. Deploy a VPN connection between the data center and Amazon VPC. Use the AWS CLI to copy the data from on premises to Amazon S3 Glacier.

C. Provision a 500 Mbps AWS Direct Connect connection and transfer the data to Amazon S3. Use a lifecycle policy to transition the files to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

D. Use AWS DataSync to transfer the data and deploy a DataSync agent on premises. Use the DataSync task to copy files from the on-premises NAS storage to Amazon S3 Glacier.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company hosts multiple production applications. One of the applications consists of resources from Amazon EC2, AWS Lambda, Amazon RDS, Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS), and Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) across multiple AWS Regions. All company resources are tagged with a tag name of “application” and a value that corresponds to each application. A solutions architect must provide the quickest solution for identifying all of the tagged components.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS CloudTrail to generate a list of resources with the application tag.

B. Use the AWS CLI to query each service across all Regions to report the tagged components.

C. Run a query in Amazon CloudWatch Logs Insights to report on the components with the application tag.

D. Run a query with the AWS Resource Groups Tag Editor to report on the resources globally with the application tag.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company offers a food delivery service that is growing rapidly. Because of the growth, the company’s order processing system is experiencing scaling problems during peak traffic hours. The current architecture includes the following:
•	A group of Amazon EC2 instances that run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to collect orders from the application
•	Another group of EC2 instances that run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group to fulfill orders
The order collection process occurs quickly, but the order fulfillment process can take longer. Data must not be lost because of a scaling event.
A solutions architect must ensure that the order collection process and the order fulfillment process can both scale properly during peak traffic hours. The solution must optimize utilization of the company’s AWS resources.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor the CPU of each instance in the Auto Scaling groups. Configure each Auto Scaling group’s minimum capacity according to peak workload values.

B. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor the CPU of each instance in the Auto Scaling groups. Configure a CloudWatch alarm to invoke an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic that creates additional Auto Scaling groups on demand.

C. Provision two Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues: one for order collection and another for order fulfillment. Configure the EC2 instances to poll their respective queue. Scale the Auto Scaling groups based on notifications that the queues send.

D. Provision two Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues: one for order collection and another for order fulfillment. Configure the EC2 instances to poll their respective queue. Create a metric based on a backlog per instance calculation. Scale the Auto Scaling groups based on this metric.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company owns an asynchronous API that is used to ingest user requests and, based on the request type, dispatch requests to the appropriate microservice for processing. The company is using Amazon API Gateway to deploy the API front end, and an AWS Lambda function that invokes Amazon DynamoDB to store user requests before dispatching them to the processing microservices.
The company provisioned as much DynamoDB throughput as its budget allows, but the company is still experiencing availability issues and is losing user requests.
What should a solutions architect do to address this issue without impacting existing users?

A. Add throttling on the API Gateway with server-side throttling limits.

B. Use DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) and Lambda to buffer writes to DynamoDB.

C. Create a secondary index in DynamoDB for the table with the user requests.

D. Use the Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue and Lambda to buffer writes to DynamoDB.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company needs to move data from an Amazon EC2 instance to an Amazon S3 bucket. The company must ensure that no API calls and no data are routed through public internet routes. Only the EC2 instance can have access to upload data to the S3 bucket.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an interface VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 in the subnet where the EC2 instance is located. Attach a resource policy to the S3 bucket to only allow the EC2 instance’s IAM role for access.

B. Create a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 in the Availability Zone where the EC2 instance is located. Attach appropriate security groups to the endpoint. Attach a resource policy to the S3 bucket to only allow the EC2 instance’s IAM role for access.

C. Run the nslookup tool from inside the EC2 instance to obtain the private IP address of the S3 bucket’s service API endpoint. Create a route in the VPC route table to provide the EC2 instance with access to the S3 bucket. Attach a resource policy to the S3 bucket to only allow the EC2 instance’s IAM role for access.

D. Use the AWS provided, publicly available ip-ranges.json file to obtain the private IP address of the S3 bucket’s service API endpoint. Create a route in the VPC route table to provide the EC2 instance with access to the S3 bucket. Attach a resource policy to the S3 bucket to only allow the EC2 instance’s IAM role for access.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company wants to manage Amazon Machine Images (AMIs). The company currently copies AMIs to the same AWS Region where the AMIs were created. The company needs to design an application that captures AWS API calls and sends alerts whenever the Amazon EC2 CreateImage API operation is called within the company’s account.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function to query AWS CloudTrail logs and to send an alert when a CreateImage API call is detected.

B. Configure AWS CloudTrail with an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification that occurs when updated logs are sent to Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena to create a new table and to query on CreateImage when an API call is detected.

C. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule for the CreateImage API call. Configure the target as an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to send an alert when a CreateImage API call is detected.

D. Configure an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue as a target for AWS CloudTrail logs. Create an AWS Lambda function to send an alert to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when a CreateImage API call is detected.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

An online retail company has more than 50 million active customers and receives more than 25,000 orders each day. The company collects purchase data for customers and stores this data in Amazon S3. Additional customer data is stored in Amazon RDS.
The company wants to make all the data available to various teams so that the teams can perform analytics. The solution must provide the ability to manage fine-grained permissions for the data and must minimize operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the purchase data to write directly to Amazon RDS. Use RDS access controls to limit access.

B. Schedule an AWS Lambda function to periodically copy data from Amazon RDS to Amazon S3. Create an AWS Glue crawler. Use Amazon Athena to query the data. Use S3 policies to limit access.

C. Create a data lake by using AWS Lake Formation. Create an AWS Glue JDBC connection to Amazon RDS. Register the S3 bucket in Lake Formation. Use Lake Formation access controls to limit access.

D. Create an Amazon Redshift cluster. Schedule an AWS Lambda function to periodically copy data from Amazon S3 and Amazon RDS to Amazon Redshift. Use Amazon Redshift access controls to limit access.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company hosts a marketing website in an on-premises data center. The website consists of static documents and runs on a single server. An administrator updates the website content infrequently and uses an SFTP client to upload new documents.
The company decides to host its website on AWS and to use Amazon CloudFront. The company’s solutions architect creates a CloudFront distribution. The solutions architect must design the most cost-effective and resilient architecture for website hosting to serve as the CloudFront origin.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a virtual server by using Amazon Lightsail. Configure the web server in the Lightsail instance. Upload website content by using an SFTP client.

B. Create an AWS Auto Scaling group for Amazon EC2 instances. Use an Application Load Balancer. Upload website content by using an SFTP client.

C. Create a private Amazon S3 bucket. Use an S3 bucket policy to allow access from a CloudFront origin access identity (OAI). Upload website content by using the AWS CLI.

D. Create a public Amazon S3 bucket. Configure AWS Transfer for SFTP. Configure the S3 bucket for website hosting. Upload website content by using the SFTP client.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is planning to move its data to an Amazon S3 bucket. The data must be encrypted when it is stored in the S3 bucket. Additionally, the encryption key must be automatically rotated every year.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Move the data to the S3 bucket. Use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Use the built-in key rotation behavior of SSE-S3 encryption keys.

B. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Enable automatic key rotation. Set the S3 bucket’s default encryption behavior to use the customer managed KMS key. Move the data to the S3 bucket.

C. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Set the S3 bucket’s default encryption behavior to use the customer managed KMS key. Move the data to the S3 bucket. Manually rotate the KMS key every year.

D. Encrypt the data with customer key material before moving the data to the S3 bucket. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key without key material. Import the customer key material into the KMS key. Enable automatic key rotation.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts its application on AWS. The company uses Amazon Cognito to manage users. When users log in to the application, the application fetches required data from Amazon DynamoDB by using a REST API that is hosted in Amazon API Gateway. The company wants an AWS managed solution that will control access to the REST API to reduce development efforts.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Configure an AWS Lambda function to be an authorizer in API Gateway to validate which user made the request.

B. For each user, create and assign an API key that must be sent with each request. Validate the key by using an AWS Lambda function.

C. Send the user’s email address in the header with every request. Invoke an AWS Lambda function to validate that the user with that email address has proper access.

D. Configure an Amazon Cognito user pool authorizer in API Gateway to allow Amazon Cognito to validate each request.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company is developing a marketing communications service that targets mobile app users. The company needs to send confirmation messages with Short Message Service (SMS) to its users. The users must be able to reply to the SMS messages. The company must store the responses for a year for analysis.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon Connect contact flow to send the SMS messages. Use AWS Lambda to process the responses.

B. Build an Amazon Pinpoint journey. Configure Amazon Pinpoint to send events to an Amazon Kinesis data stream for analysis and archiving.

C. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to distribute the SMS messages. Use AWS Lambda to process the responses.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) FIFO topic. Subscribe an Amazon Kinesis data stream to the SNS topic for analysis and archiving.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company has a Microsoft .NET application that runs on an on-premises Windows Server. The application stores data by using an Oracle Database Standard Edition server. The company is planning a migration to AWS and wants to minimize development changes while moving the application. The AWS application environment should be highly available.
Which combination of actions should the company take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Refactor the application as serverless with AWS Lambda functions running .NET Core.

B. Rehost the application in AWS Elastic Beanstalk with the .NET platform in a Multi-AZ deployment.

C. Replatform the application to run on Amazon EC2 with the Amazon Linux Amazon Machine Image (AMI).

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate from the Oracle database to Amazon DynamoDB in a Multi-AZ deployment.

E. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate from the Oracle database to Oracle on Amazon RDS in a Multi-AZ deployment.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BE

A company is building a solution that will report Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling events across all the applications in an AWS account. The company needs to use a serverless solution to store the EC2 Auto Scaling status data in Amazon S3. The company then will use the data in Amazon S3 to provide near-real-time updates in a dashboard. The solution must not affect the speed of EC2 instance launches.
How should the company move the data to Amazon S3 to meet these requirements?

A. Use an Amazon CloudWatch metric stream to send the EC2 Auto Scaling status data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. Store the data in Amazon S3.

B. Launch an Amazon EMR cluster to collect the EC2 Auto Scaling status data and send the data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. Store the data in Amazon S3.

C. Create an Amazon EventBridge rule to invoke an AWS Lambda function on a schedule. Configure the Lambda function to send the EC2 Auto Scaling status data directly to Amazon S3.

D. Use a bootstrap script during the launch of an EC2 instance to install Amazon Kinesis Agent. Configure Kinesis Agent to collect the EC2 Auto Scaling status data and send the data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. Store the data in Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect needs to design a system to store client case files. The files are core company assets and are important. The number of files will grow over time.
The files must be simultaneously accessible from multiple application servers that run on Amazon EC2 instances. The solution must have built-in redundancy.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

B. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

C. Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive

D. AWS Backup








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company’s security team requests that network traffic be captured in VPC Flow Logs. The logs will be frequently accessed for 90 days and then accessed intermittently.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements when configuring the logs?

A. Use Amazon CloudWatch as the target. Set the CloudWatch log group with an expiration of 90 days

B. Use Amazon Kinesis as the target. Configure the Kinesis stream to always retain the logs for 90 days.

C. Use AWS CloudTrail as the target. Configure CloudTrail to save to an Amazon S3 bucket, and enable S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

D. Use Amazon S3 as the target. Enable an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the logs to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 90 days.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company has an ecommerce checkout workflow that writes an order to a database and calls a service to process the payment. Users are experiencing timeouts during the checkout process. When users resubmit the checkout form, multiple unique orders are created for the same desired transaction.
How should a solutions architect refactor this workflow to prevent the creation of multiple orders?

A. Configure the web application to send an order message to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. Set the payment service to retrieve the message from Kinesis Data Firehose and process the order.

B. Create a rule in AWS CloudTrail to invoke an AWS Lambda function based on the logged application path request. Use Lambda to query the database, call the payment service, and pass in the order information.

C. Store the order in the database. Send a message that includes the order number to Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS). Set the payment service to poll Amazon SNS, retrieve the message, and process the order.

D. Store the order in the database. Send a message that includes the order number to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue. Set the payment service to retrieve the message and process the order. Delete the message from the queue.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

An Amazon EC2 instance is located in a private subnet in a new VPC. This subnet does not have outbound internet access, but the EC2 instance needs the ability to download monthly security updates from an outside vendor.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an internet gateway, and attach it to the VPC. Configure the private subnet route table to use the internet gateway as the default route.

B. Create a NAT gateway, and place it in a public subnet. Configure the private subnet route table to use the NAT gateway as the default route.

C. Create a NAT instance, and place it in the same subnet where the EC2 instance is located. Configure the private subnet route table to use the NAT instance as the default route.

D. Create an internet gateway, and attach it to the VPC. Create a NAT instance, and place it in the same subnet where the EC2 instance is located. Configure the private subnet route table to use the internet gateway as the default route.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs analytics software on Amazon EC2 instances. The software accepts job requests from users to process data that has been uploaded to Amazon S3. Users report that some submitted data is not being processed Amazon CloudWatch reveals that the EC2 instances have a consistent CPU utilization at or near 100%. The company wants to improve system performance and scale the system based on user load.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a copy of the instance. Place all instances behind an Application Load Balancer.

B. Create an S3 VPC endpoint for Amazon S3. Update the software to reference the endpoint.

C. Stop the EC2 instances. Modify the instance type to one with a more powerful CPU and more memory. Restart the instances.

D. Route incoming requests to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Configure an EC2 Auto Scaling group based on queue size. Update the software to read from the queue.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has deployed a database in Amazon RDS for MySQL. Due to increased transactions, the database support team is reporting slow reads against the DB instance and recommends adding a read replica.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take before implementing this change? (Choose two.)

A. Enable binlog replication on the RDS primary node.

B. Choose a failover priority for the source DB instance.

C. Allow long-running transactions to complete on the source DB instance.

D. Create a global table and specify the AWS Regions where the table will be available.

E. Enable automatic backups on the source instance by setting the backup retention period to a value other than 0.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: CE

A company runs a web application on Amazon EC2 instances in multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances are in private subnets. A solutions architect implements an internet-facing Application Load Balancer (ALB) and specifies the EC2 instances as the target group. However, the internet traffic is not reaching the EC2 instances.
How should the solutions architect reconfigure the architecture to resolve this issue?

A. Replace the ALB with a Network Load Balancer. Configure a NAT gateway in a public subnet to allow internet traffic.

B. Move the EC2 instances to public subnets. Add a rule to the EC2 instances’ security groups to allow outbound traffic to 0.0.0.0/0.

C. Update the route tables for the EC2 instances’ subnets to send 0.0.0.0/0 traffic through the internet gateway route. Add a rule to the EC2 instances’ security groups to allow outbound traffic to 0.0.0.0/0.

D. Create public subnets in each Availability Zone. Associate the public subnets with the ALB. Update the route tables for the public subnets with a route to the private subnets.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A medical research lab produces data that is related to a new study. The lab wants to make the data available with minimum latency to clinics across the country for their on-premises, file-based applications. The data files are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket that has read-only permissions for each clinic.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway as a virtual machine (VM) on premises at each clinic

B. Migrate the files to each clinic’s on-premises applications by using AWS DataSync for processing.

C. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway as a virtual machine (VM) on premises at each clinic.

D. Attach an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system to each clinic’s on-premises servers.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company is using a content management system that runs on a single Amazon EC2 instance. The EC2 instance contains both the web server and the database software. The company must make its website platform highly available and must enable the website to scale to meet user demand.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Move the database to Amazon RDS, and enable automatic backups. Manually launch another EC2 instance in the same Availability Zone. Configure an Application Load Balancer in the Availability Zone, and set the two instances as targets.

B. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora instance with a read replica in the same Availability Zone as the existing EC2 instance. Manually launch another EC2 instance in the same Availability Zone. Configure an Application Load Balancer, and set the two EC2 instances as targets.

C. Move the database to Amazon Aurora with a read replica in another Availability Zone. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the EC2 instance. Configure an Application Load Balancer in two Availability Zones. Attach an Auto Scaling group that uses the AMI across two Availability Zones.

D. Move the database to a separate EC2 instance, and schedule backups to Amazon S3. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the original EC2 instance. Configure an Application Load Balancer in two Availability Zones. Attach an Auto Scaling group that uses the AMI across two Availability Zones.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company previously migrated its data warehouse solution to AWS. The company also has an AWS Direct Connect connection. Corporate office users query the data warehouse using a visualization tool. The average size of a query returned by the data warehouse is 50 MB and each webpage sent by the visualization tool is approximately 500 KB. Result sets returned by the data warehouse are not cached.
Which solution provides the LOWEST data transfer egress cost for the company?

A. Host the visualization tool on premises and query the data warehouse directly over the internet.

B. Host the visualization tool in the same AWS Region as the data warehouse. Access it over the internet.

C. Host the visualization tool on premises and query the data warehouse directly over a Direct Connect connection at a location in the same AWS Region.

D. Host the visualization tool in the same AWS Region as the data warehouse and access it over a Direct Connect connection at a location in the same Region.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company hosts its web application on AWS using seven Amazon EC2 instances. The company requires that the IP addresses of all healthy EC2 instances be returned in response to DNS queries.
Which policy should be used to meet this requirement?

A. Simple routing policy

B. Latency routing policy

C. Multivalue routing policy

D. Geolocation routing policy








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company wants to experiment with individual AWS accounts for its engineer team. The company wants to be notified as soon as the Amazon EC2 instance usage for a given month exceeds a specific threshold for each account.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Cost Explorer to create a daily report of costs by service. Filter the report by EC2 instances. Configure Cost Explorer to send an Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES) notification when a threshold is exceeded.

B. Use Cost Explorer to create a monthly report of costs by service. Filter the report by EC2 instances. Configure Cost Explorer to send an Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES) notification when a threshold is exceeded.

C. Use AWS Budgets to create a cost budget for each account. Set the period to monthly. Set the scope to EC2 instances. Set an alert threshold for the budget. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to receive a notification when a threshold is exceeded.

D. Use AWS Cost and Usage Reports to create a report with hourly granularity. Integrate the report data with Amazon Athena. Use Amazon EventBridge to schedule an Athena query. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to receive a notification when a threshold is exceeded.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

An application running on an Amazon EC2 instance in VPC-A needs to access files in another EC2 instance in VPC-B. Both VPCs are in separate AWS accounts. The network administrator needs to design a solution to configure secure access to EC2 instance in VPC-B from VPC-A. The connectivity should not have a single point of failure or bandwidth concerns.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up a VPC peering connection between VPC-A and VPC-B.

B. Set up VPC gateway endpoints for the EC2 instance running in VPC-B.

C. Attach a virtual private gateway to VPC-B and set up routing from VPC-A.

D. Create a private virtual interface (VIF) for the EC2 instance running in VPC-B and add appropriate routes from VPC-A.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is building a new web-based customer relationship management application. The application will use several Amazon EC2 instances that are backed by Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The application will also use an Amazon Aurora database. All data for the application must be encrypted at rest and in transit.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) certificates on the ALB to encrypt data in transit. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to encrypt the EBS volumes and Aurora database storage at rest.

B. Use the AWS root account to log in to the AWS Management Console. Upload the company’s encryption certificates. While in the root account, select the option to turn on encryption for all data at rest and in transit for the account.

C. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to encrypt the EBS volumes and Aurora database storage at rest. Attach an AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) certificate to the ALB to encrypt data in transit.

D. Use BitLocker to encrypt all data at rest. Import the company’s TLS certificate keys to AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) Attach the KMS keys to the ALB to encrypt data in transit.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs demonstration environments for its customers on Amazon EC2 instances. Each environment is isolated in its own VPC. The company’s operations team needs to be notified when RDP or SSH access to an environment has been established.

A. Configure Amazon CloudWatch Application Insights to create AWS Systems Manager OpsItems when RDP or SSH access is detected.

B. Configure the EC2 instances with an IAM instance profile that has an IAM role with the AmazonSSMManagedInstanceCore policy attached.

C. Publish VPC flow logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Create required metric filters. Create an Amazon CloudWatch metric alarm with a notification action for when the alarm is in the ALARM state.

D. Configure an Amazon EventBridge rule to listen for events of type EC2 Instance State-change Notification. Configure an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic as a target. Subscribe the operations team to the topic.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has an API that receives real-time data from a fleet of monitoring devices. The API stores this data in an Amazon RDS DB instance for later analysis. The amount of data that the monitoring devices send to the API fluctuates. During periods of heavy traffic, the API often returns timeout errors.
After an inspection of the logs, the company determines that the database is not capable of processing the volume of write traffic that comes from the API. A solutions architect must minimize the number of connections to the database and must ensure that data is not lost during periods of heavy traffic.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Increase the size of the DB instance to an instance type that has more available memory.

B. Modify the DB instance to be a Multi-AZ DB instance. Configure the application to write to all active RDS DB instances.

C. Modify the API to write incoming data to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use an AWS Lambda function that Amazon SQS invokes to write data from the queue to the database.

D. Modify the API to write incoming data to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Use an AWS Lambda function that Amazon SNS invokes to write data from the topic to the database.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company recently migrated its web application to AWS by rehosting the application on Amazon EC2 instances in a single AWS Region. The company wants to redesign its application architecture to be highly available and fault tolerant. Traffic must reach all running EC2 instances randomly.
Which combination of steps should the company take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Create an Amazon Route 53 failover routing policy.

B. Create an Amazon Route 53 weighted routing policy.

C. Create an Amazon Route 53 multivalue answer routing policy.

D. Launch three EC2 instances: two instances in one Availability Zone and one instance in another Availability Zone.

E. Launch four EC2 instances: two instances in one Availability Zone and two instances in another Availability Zone.






 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: CE

A company collects data from thousands of remote devices by using a RESTful web services application that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance. The EC2 instance receives the raw data, transforms the raw data, and stores all the data in an Amazon S3 bucket. The number of remote devices will increase into the millions soon. The company needs a highly scalable solution that minimizes operational overhead.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use AWS Glue to process the raw data in Amazon S3.

B. Use Amazon Route 53 to route traffic to different EC2 instances.

C. Add more EC2 instances to accommodate the increasing amount of incoming data.

D. Send the raw data to Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS). Use EC2 instances to process the data.

E. Use Amazon API Gateway to send the raw data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to use the data stream as a source to deliver the data to Amazon S3.






 

Suggested Answer: AE

Community Answer: AE

An application runs on an Amazon EC2 instance that has an Elastic IP address in VPC A. The application requires access to a database in VPC B. Both VPCs are in the same AWS account.
Which solution will provide the required access MOST securely?

A. Create a DB instance security group that allows all traffic from the public IP address of the application server in VPC A.

B. Configure a VPC peering connection between VPC A and VPC B.

C. Make the DB instance publicly accessible. Assign a public IP address to the DB instance.

D. Launch an EC2 instance with an Elastic IP address into VPC B. Proxy all requests through the new EC2 instance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

As part of budget planning, management wants a report of AWS billed items listed by user. The data will be used to create department budgets. A solutions architect needs to determine the most efficient way to obtain this report information.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Run a query with Amazon Athena to generate the report.

B. Create a report in Cost Explorer and download the report.

C. Access the bill details from the billing dashboard and download the bill.

D. Modify a cost budget in AWS Budgets to alert with Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES).








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts its static website by using Amazon S3. The company wants to add a contact form to its webpage. The contact form will have dynamic server-side components for users to input their name, email address, phone number, and user message. The company anticipates that there will be fewer than 100 site visits each month.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Host a dynamic contact form page in Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Set up Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES) to connect to any third-party email provider.

B. Create an Amazon API Gateway endpoint with an AWS Lambda backend that makes a call to Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES).

C. Convert the static webpage to dynamic by deploying Amazon Lightsail. Use client-side scripting to build the contact form. Integrate the form with Amazon WorkMail.

D. Create a t2.micro Amazon EC2 instance. Deploy a LAMP (Linux, Apache, MySQL, PHP/Perl/Python) stack to host the webpage. Use client-side scripting to build the contact form. Integrate the form with Amazon WorkMail.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs a web application that is deployed on Amazon EC2 instances in the private subnet of a VPC. An Application Load Balancer (ALB) that extends across the public subnets directs web traffic to the EC2 instances. The company wants to implement new security measures to restrict inbound traffic from the ALB to the EC2 instances while preventing access from any other source inside or outside the private subnet of the EC2 instances.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure a route in a route table to direct traffic from the internet to the private IP addresses of the EC2 instances.

B. Configure the security group for the EC2 instances to only allow traffic that comes from the security group for the ALB.

C. Move the EC2 instances into the public subnet. Give the EC2 instances a set of Elastic IP addresses.

D. Configure the security group for the ALB to allow any TCP traffic on any port.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company runs a fleet of web servers using an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. After a routine compliance check, the company sets a standard that requires a recovery point objective (RPO) of less than 1 second for all its production databases.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Enable a Multi-AZ deployment for the DB instance.

B. Enable auto scaling for the DB instance in one Availability Zone.

C. Configure the DB instance in one Availability Zone, and create multiple read replicas in a separate Availability Zone.

D. Configure the DB instance in one Availability Zone, and configure AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) change data capture (CDC) tasks.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company is using Amazon CloudFront with its website. The company has enabled logging on the CloudFront distribution, and logs are saved in one of the company’s Amazon S3 buckets. The company needs to perform advanced analyses on the logs and build visualizations.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon Athena to analyze the CloudFront logs in the S3 bucket. Visualize the results with AWS Glue.

B. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon Athena to analyze the CloudFront logs in the S3 bucket. Visualize the results with Amazon QuickSight.

C. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon DynamoDB to analyze the CloudFront logs in the S3 bucket. Visualize the results with AWS Glue.

D. Use standard SQL queries in Amazon DynamoDB to analyze the CloudFront logs in the S3 bucket. Visualize the results with Amazon QuickSight.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company has an application that is backed by an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company’s compliance requirements specify that database backups must be taken every month, must be available for 6 months, and must be retained for 7 years.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Backup plan to back up the DynamoDB table on the first day of each month. Specify a lifecycle policy that transitions the backup to cold storage after 6 months. Set the retention period for each backup to 7 years.

B. Create a DynamoDB on-demand backup of the DynamoDB table on the first day of each month. Transition the backup to Amazon S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 6 months. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to delete backups that are older than 7 years.

C. Use the AWS SDK to develop a script that creates an on-demand backup of the DynamoDB table. Set up an Amazon EventBridge rule that runs the script on the first day of each month. Create a second script that will run on the second day of each month to transition DynamoDB backups that are older than 6 months to cold storage and to delete backups that are older than 7 years.

D. Use the AWS CLI to create an on-demand backup of the DynamoDB table. Set up an Amazon EventBridge rule that runs the command on the first day of each month with a cron expression. Specify in the command to transition the backups to cold storage after 6 months and to delete the backups after 7 years.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company provides an online service for posting video content and transcoding it for use by any mobile platform. The application architecture uses Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) Standard to collect and store the videos so that multiple Amazon EC2 Linux instances can access the video content for processing. As the popularity of the service has grown over time, the storage costs have become too expensive.
Which storage solution is MOST cost-effective?

A. Use AWS Storage Gateway for files to store and process the video content.

B. Use AWS Storage Gateway for volumes to store and process the video content.

C. Use Amazon EFS for storing the video content. Once processing is complete, transfer the files to Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS).

D. Use Amazon S3 for storing the video content. Move the files temporarily over to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume attached to the server for processing.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company serves a dynamic website from a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The website needs to support multiple languages to serve customers around the world. The website’s architecture is running in the us-west-1 Region and is exhibiting high request latency for users that are located in other parts of the world.
The website needs to serve requests quickly and efficiently regardless of a user’s location. However, the company does not want to recreate the existing architecture across multiple Regions.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Replace the existing architecture with a website that is served from an Amazon S3 bucket. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the S3 bucket as the origin. Set the cache behavior settings to cache based on the Accept-Language request header.

B. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the ALB as the origin. Set the cache behavior settings to cache based on the Accept-Language request header.

C. Create an Amazon API Gateway API that is integrated with the ALB. Configure the API to use the HTTP integration type. Set up an API Gateway stage to enable the API cache based on the Accept-Language request header.

D. Launch an EC2 instance in each additional Region and configure NGINX to act as a cache server for that Region. Put all the EC2 instances and the ALB behind an Amazon Route 53 record set with a geolocation routing policy.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect observes that a nightly batch processing job is automatically scaled up for 1 hour before the desired Amazon EC2 capacity is reached. The peak capacity is the ‘same every night and the batch jobs always start at 1 AM. The solutions architect needs to find a cost-effective solution that will allow for the desired EC2 capacity to be reached quickly and allow the Auto Scaling group to scale down after the batch jobs are complete.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Increase the minimum capacity for the Auto Scaling group.

B. Increase the maximum capacity for the Auto Scaling group.

C. Configure scheduled scaling to scale up to the desired compute level.

D. Change the scaling policy to add more EC2 instances during each scaling operation.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is using a centralized AWS account to store log data in various Amazon S3 buckets. A solutions architect needs to ensure that the data is encrypted at rest before the data is uploaded to the S3 buckets. The data also must be encrypted in transit.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use client-side encryption to encrypt the data that is being uploaded to the S3 buckets.

B. Use server-side encryption to encrypt the data that is being uploaded to the S3 buckets.

C. Create bucket policies that require the use of server-side encryption with S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3) for S3 uploads.

D. Enable the security option to encrypt the S3 buckets through the use of a default AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A gaming company has a web application that displays scores. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The application stores data in an Amazon RDS for MySQL database. Users are starting to experience long delays and interruptions that are caused by database read performance. The company wants to improve the user experience while minimizing changes to the application’s architecture.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon ElastiCache in front of the database.

B. Use RDS Proxy between the application and the database.

C. Migrate the application from EC2 instances to AWS Lambda.

D. Migrate the database from Amazon RDS for MySQL to Amazon DynamoDB.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has one million users that use its mobile app. The company must analyze the data usage in near-real time. The company also must encrypt the data in near-real time and must store the data in a centralized location in Apache Parquet format for further processing.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an Amazon Kinesis data stream to store the data in Amazon S3. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics application to analyze the data. Invoke an AWS Lambda function to send the data to the Kinesis Data Analytics application.

B. Create an Amazon Kinesis data stream to store the data in Amazon S3. Create an Amazon EMR cluster to analyze the data. Invoke an AWS Lambda function to send the data to the EMR cluster.

C. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to store the data in Amazon S3. Create an Amazon EMR cluster to analyze the data.

D. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream to store the data in Amazon S3. Create an Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics application to analyze the data.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has a popular gaming platform running on AWS. The application is sensitive to latency because latency can impact the user experience and introduce unfair advantages to some players. The application is deployed in every AWS Region. It runs on Amazon EC2 instances that are part of Auto Scaling groups configured behind Application Load Balancers (ALBs). A solutions architect needs to implement a mechanism to monitor the health of the application and redirect traffic to healthy endpoints.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure an accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator. Add a listener for the port that the application listens on, and attach it to a Regional endpoint in each Region. Add the ALB as the endpoint.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution and specify the ALB as the origin server. Configure the cache behavior to use origin cache headers. Use AWS Lambda functions to optimize the traffic.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution and specify Amazon S3 as the origin server. Configure the cache behavior to use origin cache headers. Use AWS Lambda functions to optimize the traffic.

D. Configure an Amazon DynamoDB database to serve as the data store for the application. Create a DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) cluster to act as the in-memory cache for DynamoDB hosting the application data.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a web application hosted over 10 Amazon EC2 instances with traffic directed by Amazon Route 53. The company occasionally experiences a timeout error when attempting to browse the application. The networking team finds that some DNS queries return IP addresses of unhealthy instances, resulting in the timeout error.
What should a solutions architect implement to overcome these timeout errors?

A. Create a Route 53 simple routing policy record for each EC2 instance. Associate a health check with each record.

B. Create a Route 53 failover routing policy record for each EC2 instance. Associate a health check with each record.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with EC2 instances as its origin. Associate a health check with the EC2 instances.

D. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) with a health check in front of the EC2 instances. Route to the ALB from Route 53.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is building an application that consists of several microservices. The company has decided to use container technologies to deploy its software on AWS. The company needs a solution that minimizes the amount of ongoing effort for maintenance and scaling. The company cannot manage additional infrastructure.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster.

B. Deploy the Kubernetes control plane on Amazon EC2 instances that span multiple Availability Zones.

C. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) service with an Amazon EC2 launch type. Specify a desired task number level of greater than or equal to 2.

D. Deploy an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) service with a Fargate launch type. Specify a desired task number level of greater than or equal to 2.

E. Deploy Kubernetes worker nodes on Amazon EC2 instances that span multiple Availability Zones. Create a deployment that specifies two or more replicas for each microservice.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company’s compliance team needs to move its file shares to AWS. The shares run on a Windows Server SMB file share. A self-managed on-premises Active Directory controls access to the files and folders.
The company wants to use Amazon FSx for Windows File Server as part of the solution. The company must ensure that the on-premises Active Directory groups restrict access to the FSx for Windows File Server SMB compliance shares, folders, and files after the move to AWS. The company has created an FSx for Windows File Server file system.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an Active Directory Connector to connect to the Active Directory. Map the Active Directory groups to IAM groups to restrict access.

B. Assign a tag with a Restrict tag key and a Compliance tag value. Map the Active Directory groups to IAM groups to restrict access.

C. Create an IAM service-linked role that is linked directly to FSx for Windows File Server to restrict access.

D. Join the file system to the Active Directory to restrict access.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company plans to use Amazon ElastiCache for its multi-tier web application. A solutions architect creates a Cache VPC for the ElastiCache cluster and an App VPC for the application’s Amazon EC2 instances. Both VPCs are in the us-east-1 Region.
The solutions architect must implement a solution to provide the application’s EC2 instances with access to the ElastiCache cluster.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Create a peering connection between the VPCs. Add a route table entry for the peering connection in both VPCs. Configure an inbound rule for the ElastiCache cluster’s security group to allow inbound connection from the application’s security group.

B. Create a Transit VPC. Update the VPC route tables in the Cache VPC and the App VPC to route traffic through the Transit VPC. Configure an inbound rule for the ElastiCache cluster's security group to allow inbound connection from the application’s security group.

C. Create a peering connection between the VPCs. Add a route table entry for the peering connection in both VPCs. Configure an inbound rule for the peering connection’s security group to allow inbound connection from the application’s security group.

D. Create a Transit VPC. Update the VPC route tables in the Cache VPC and the App VPC to route traffic through the Transit VPC. Configure an inbound rule for the Transit VPC’s security group to allow inbound connection from the application’s security group.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has an application that places hundreds of .csv files into an Amazon S3 bucket every hour. The files are 1 GB in size. Each time a file is uploaded, the company needs to convert the file to Apache Parquet format and place the output file into an S3 bucket.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function to download the .csv files, convert the files to Parquet format, and place the output files in an S3 bucket. Invoke the Lambda function for each S3 PUT event.

B. Create an Apache Spark job to read the .csv files, convert the files to Parquet format, and place the output files in an S3 bucket. Create an AWS Lambda function for each S3 PUT event to invoke the Spark job.

C. Create an AWS Glue table and an AWS Glue crawler for the S3 bucket where the application places the .csv files. Schedule an AWS Lambda function to periodically use Amazon Athena to query the AWS Glue table, convert the query results into Parquet format, and place the output files into an S3 bucket.

D. Create an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to convert the .csv files to Parquet format and place the output files into an S3 bucket. Create an AWS Lambda function for each S3 PUT event to invoke the ETL job.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company is reviewing a recent migration of a three-tier application to a VPC. The security team discovers that the principle of least privilege is not being applied to Amazon EC2 security group ingress and egress rules between the application tiers.
What should a solutions architect do to correct this issue?

A. Create security group rules using the instance ID as the source or destination.

B. Create security group rules using the security group ID as the source or destination.

C. Create security group rules using the VPC CIDR blocks as the source or destination.

D. Create security group rules using the subnet CIDR blocks as the source or destination.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect has created two IAM policies: Policy1 and Policy2. Both policies are attached to an IAM group.
 
 
A cloud engineer is added as an IAM user to the IAM group. Which action will the cloud engineer be able to perform?

A. Deleting IAM users

B. Deleting directories

C. Deleting Amazon EC2 instances

D. Deleting logs from Amazon CloudWatch Logs








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has multiple AWS accounts that use consolidated billing. The company runs several active high performance Amazon RDS for Oracle On-Demand DB instances for 90 days. The company’s finance team has access to AWS Trusted Advisor in the consolidated billing account and all other AWS accounts.
The finance team needs to use the appropriate AWS account to access the Trusted Advisor check recommendations for RDS. The finance team must review the appropriate Trusted Advisor check to reduce RDS costs.
Which combination of steps should the finance team take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use the Trusted Advisor recommendations from the account where the RDS instances are running.

B. Use the Trusted Advisor recommendations from the consolidated billing account to see all RDS instance checks at the same time.

C. Review the Trusted Advisor check for Amazon RDS Reserved Instance Optimization.

D. Review the Trusted Advisor check for Amazon RDS Idle DB Instances.

E. Review the Trusted Advisor check for Amazon Redshift Reserved Node Optimization.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: BD

A solutions architect needs to optimize storage costs. The solutions architect must identify any Amazon S3 buckets that are no longer being accessed or are rarely accessed.
Which solution will accomplish this goal with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Analyze bucket access patterns by using the S3 Storage Lens dashboard for advanced activity metrics.

B. Analyze bucket access patterns by using the S3 dashboard in the AWS Management Console.

C. Turn on the Amazon CloudWatch BucketSizeBytes metric for buckets. Analyze bucket access patterns by using the metrics data with Amazon Athena.

D. Turn on AWS CloudTrail for S3 object monitoring. Analyze bucket access patterns by using CloudTrail logs that are integrated with Amazon CloudWatch Logs.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company that primarily runs its application servers on premises has decided to migrate to AWS. The company wants to minimize its need to scale its Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) storage on premises. The company wants only its recently accessed data to remain stored locally.
Which AWS solution should the company use to meet these requirements?

A. Amazon S3 File Gateway

B. AWS Storage Gateway Tape Gateway

C. AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway stored volumes

D. AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway cached volumes








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company has an on-premises MySQL database used by the global sales team with infrequent access patterns. The sales team requires the database to have minimal downtime. A database administrator wants to migrate this database to AWS without selecting a particular instance type in anticipation of more users in the future.
Which service should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Amazon Aurora MySQL

B. Amazon Aurora Serverless for MySQL

C. Amazon Redshift Spectrum

D. Amazon RDS for MySQL








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company recently created a disaster recovery site in a different AWS Region. The company needs to transfer large amounts of data back and forth between NFS file systems in the two Regions on a periodic basis.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS DataSync.

B. Use AWS Snowball devices.

C. Set up an SFTP server on Amazon EC2.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to run an in-memory database for a latency-sensitive application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. The application processes more than 100,000 transactions each minute and requires high network throughput. A solutions architect needs to provide a cost-effective network design that minimizes data transfer charges.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Launch all EC2 instances in the same Availability Zone within the same AWS Region. Specify a placement group with cluster strategy when launching EC2 instances.

B. Launch all EC2 instances in different Availability Zones within the same AWS Region. Specify a placement group with partition strategy when launching EC2 instances.

C. Deploy an Auto Scaling group to launch EC2 instances in different Availability Zones based on a network utilization target.

D. Deploy an Auto Scaling group with a step scaling policy to launch EC2 instances in different Availability Zones.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is launching a new application deployed on an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster and is using the Fargate launch type for ECS tasks. The company is monitoring CPU and memory usage because it is expecting high traffic to the application upon its launch. However, the company wants to reduce costs when utilization decreases.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling to scale at certain periods based on previous traffic patterns.

B. Use an AWS Lambda function to scale Amazon ECS based on metric breaches that trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.

C. Use Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling with simple scaling policies to scale when ECS metric breaches trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.

D. Use AWS Application Auto Scaling with target tracking policies to scale when ECS metric breaches trigger an Amazon CloudWatch alarm.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is designing a shared storage solution for a gaming application that is hosted in the AWS Cloud. The company needs the ability to use SMB clients to access data. The solution must be fully managed.
Which AWS solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS DataSync task that shares the data as a mountable file system. Mount the file system to the application server.

B. Create an Amazon EC2 Windows instance. Install and configure a Windows file share role on the instance. Connect the application server to the file share.

C. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.

D. Create an Amazon S3 bucket. Assign an IAM role to the application to grant access to the S3 bucket. Mount the S3 bucket to the application server.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company wants to create a mobile app that allows users to stream slow-motion video clips on their mobile devices. Currently, the app captures video clips and uploads the video clips in raw format into an Amazon S3 bucket. The app retrieves these video clips directly from the S3 bucket. However, the videos are large in their raw format.
Users are experiencing issues with buffering and playback on mobile devices. The company wants to implement solutions to maximize the performance and scalability of the app while minimizing operational overhead.
Which combination of solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Deploy Amazon CloudFront for content delivery and caching.

B. Use AWS DataSync to replicate the video files across AW'S Regions in other S3 buckets.

C. Use Amazon Elastic Transcoder to convert the video files to more appropriate formats.

D. Deploy an Auto Sealing group of Amazon EC2 instances in Local Zones for content delivery and caching.

E. Deploy an Auto Scaling group of Amazon EC2 instances to convert the video files to more appropriate formats.






 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is running a critical business application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The EC2 instances run in an Auto Scaling group and access an Amazon RDS DB instance.
The design did not pass an operational review because the EC2 instances and the DB instance are all located in a single Availability Zone. A solutions architect must update the design to use a second Availability Zone.
Which solution will make the application highly available?

A. Provision a subnet in each Availability Zone. Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute the EC2 instances across both Availability Zones. Configure the DB instance with connections to each network.

B. Provision two subnets that extend across both Availability Zones. Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute the EC2 instances across both Availability Zones. Configure the DB instance with connections to each network.

C. Provision a subnet in each Availability Zone. Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute the EC2 instances across both Availability Zones. Configure the DB instance for Multi-AZ deployment.

D. Provision a subnet that extends across both Availability Zones. Configure the Auto Scaling group to distribute the EC2 instances across both Availability Zones. Configure the DB instance for Multi-AZ deployment.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A university research laboratory needs to migrate 30 TB of data from an on-premises Windows file server to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server. The laboratory has a 1 Gbps network link that many other departments in the university share.
The laboratory wants to implement a data migration service that will maximize the performance of the data transfer. However, the laboratory needs to be able to control the amount of bandwidth that the service uses to minimize the impact on other departments. The data migration must take place within the next 5 days.
Which AWS solution will meet these requirements?

A. AWS Snowcone

B. Amazon FSx File Gateway

C. AWS DataSync

D. AWS Transfer Family








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is preparing a new data platform that will ingest real-time streaming data from multiple sources. The company needs to transform the data before writing the data to Amazon S3. The company needs the ability to use SQL to query the transformed data.
Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to stream the data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics to transform the data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to write the data to Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena to query the transformed data from Amazon S3.

B. Use Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) to stream the data. Use AWS Glue to transform the data and to write the data to Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena to query the transformed data from Amazon S3.

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to ingest the data. Use Amazon EMR to transform the data and to write the data to Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena to query the transformed data from Amazon S3.

D. Use Amazon Managed Streaming for Apache Kafka (Amazon MSK) to stream the data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics to transform the data and to write the data to Amazon S3. Use the Amazon RDS query editor to query the transformed data from Amazon S3.

E. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to stream the data. Use AWS Glue to transform the data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to write the data to Amazon S3. Use the Amazon RDS query editor to query the transformed data from Amazon S3.






 

Suggested Answer: AB

Community Answer: AB

An application that is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances needs to access an Amazon S3 bucket. Traffic must not traverse the internet.
How should a solutions architect configure access to meet these requirements?

A. Create a private hosted zone by using Amazon Route 53.

B. Set up a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3 in the VPC.

C. Configure the EC2 instances to use a NAT gateway to access the S3 bucket.

D. Establish an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection between the VPC and the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company deploys an application on five Amazon EC2 instances. An Application Load Balancer (ALB) distributes traffic to the instances by using a target group. The average CPU usage on each of the instances is below 10% most of the time, with occasional surges to 65%.
A solutions architect needs to implement a solution to automate the scalability of the application. The solution must optimize the cost of the architecture and must ensure that the application has enough CPU resources when surges occur.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm that enters the ALARM state when the CPUUtilization metric is less than 20%. Create an AWS Lambda function that the CloudWatch alarm invokes to terminate one of the EC2 instances in the ALB target group.

B. Create an EC2 Auto Scaling group. Select the existing ALB as the load balancer and the existing target group as the target group. Set a target tracking scaling policy that is based on the ASGAverageCPUUtilization metric. Set the minimum instances to 2, the desired capacity to 3, the maximum instances to 6, and the target value to 50%. Add the EC2 instances to the Auto Scaling group.

C. Create an EC2 Auto Scaling group. Select the existing ALB as the load balancer and the existing target group as the target group. Set the minimum instances to 2, the desired capacity to 3, and the maximum instances to 6. Add the EC2 instances to the Auto Scaling group.

D. Create two Amazon CloudWatch alarms. Configure the first CloudWatch alarm to enter the ALARM state when the average CPUUtilization metric is below 20%. Configure the second CloudWatch alarm to enter the ALARM state when the average CPUUtilization matric is above 50%. Configure the alarms to publish to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to send an email message. After receiving the message, log in to decrease or increase the number of EC2 instances that are running.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company hosts a web application on multiple Amazon EC2 instances. The EC2 instances are in an Auto Scaling group that scales in response to user demand. The company wants to optimize cost savings without making a long-term commitment.
Which EC2 instance purchasing option should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Dedicated Instances only

B. On-Demand Instances only

C. A mix of On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances

D. A mix of On-Demand Instances and Reserved Instances








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A media company uses Amazon CloudFront for its publicly available streaming video content. The company wants to secure the video content that is hosted in Amazon S3 by controlling who has access. Some of the company’s users are using a custom HTTP client that does not support cookies. Some of the company’s users are unable to change the hardcoded URLs that they are using for access.
Which services or methods will meet these requirements with the LEAST impact to the users? (Choose two.)

A. Signed cookies

B. Signed URLs

C. AWS AppSync

D. JSON Web Token (JWT)

E. AWS Secrets Manager






 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: AB

A company has an AWS Lambda function that needs read access to an Amazon S3 bucket that is located in the same AWS account.
Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST secure manner?

A. Apply an S3 bucket policy that grants read access to the S3 bucket.

B. Apply an IAM role to the Lambda function. Apply an IAM policy to the role to grant read access to the S3 bucket.

C. Embed an access key and a secret key in the Lambda function’s code to grant the required IAM permissions for read access to the S3 bucket.

D. Apply an IAM role to the Lambda function. Apply an IAM policy to the role to grant read access to all S3 buckets in the account.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating a Linux-based web server group to AWS. The web servers must access files in a shared file store for some content. The company must not make any changes to the application.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create an Amazon S3 Standard bucket with access to the web servers.

B. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an Amazon S3 bucket as the origin.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Mount the EFS file system on all web servers.

D. Configure a General Purpose SSD (gp3) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the EBS volume to all web servers.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company wants to migrate a Windows-based application from on premises to the AWS Cloud. The application has three tiers: an application tier, a business tier, and a database tier with Microsoft SQL Server. The company wants to use specific features of SQL Server such as native backups and Data Quality Services. The company also needs to share files for processing between the tiers.
How should a solutions architect design the architecture to meet these requirements?

A. Host all three tiers on Amazon EC2 instances. Use Amazon FSx File Gateway for file sharing between the tiers.

B. Host all three tiers on Amazon EC2 instances. Use Amazon FSx for Windows File Server for file sharing between the tiers.

C. Host the application tier and the business tier on Amazon EC2 instances. Host the database tier on Amazon RDS. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) for file sharing between the tiers.

D. Host the application tier and the business tier on Amazon EC2 instances. Host the database tier on Amazon RDS. Use a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume for file sharing between the tiers.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a static website that is hosted on Amazon CloudFront in front of Amazon S3. The static website uses a database backend. The company notices that the website does not reflect updates that have been made in the website’s Git repository. The company checks the continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipeline between the Git repository and Amazon S3. The company verifies that the webhooks are configured properly and that the CI/CD pipeline is sending messages that indicate successful deployments.
A solutions architect needs to implement a solution that displays the updates on the website.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Add an Application Load Balancer.

B. Add Amazon ElastiCache for Redis or Memcached to the database layer of the web application.

C. Invalidate the CloudFront cache.

D. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to validate the website’s SSL certificate.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company’s application runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. On the first day of every month at midnight, the application becomes much slower when the month-end financial calculation batch runs. This causes the CPU utilization of the EC2 instances to immediately peak to 100%, which disrupts the application.
What should a solutions architect recommend to ensure the application is able to handle the workload and avoid downtime?

A. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the ALB.

B. Configure an EC2 Auto Scaling simple scaling policy based on CPU utilization.

C. Configure an EC2 Auto Scaling scheduled scaling policy based on the monthly schedule.

D. Configure Amazon ElastiCache to remove some of the workload from the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company must migrate 20 TB of data from a data center to the AWS Cloud within 30 days. The company’s network bandwidth is limited to 15 Mbps and cannot exceed 70% utilization.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Snowball.

B. Use AWS DataSync.

C. Use a secure VPN connection.

D. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is hosting a three-tier ecommerce application in the AWS Cloud. The company hosts the website on Amazon S3 and integrates the website with an API that handles sales requests. The company hosts the API on three Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The API consists of static and dynamic front-end content along with backend workers that process sales requests asynchronously.
The company is expecting a significant and sudden increase in the number of sales requests during events for the launch of new products.
What should a solutions architect recommend to ensure that all the requests are processed successfully?

A. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the dynamic content. Increase the number of EC2 instances to handle the increase in traffic.

B. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the static content. Place the EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group to launch new instances based on network traffic.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the dynamic content. Add an Amazon ElastiCache instance in front of the ALB to reduce traffic for the API to handle.

D. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the static content. Add an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue to receive requests from the website for later processing by the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A security audit reveals that Amazon EC2 instances are not being patched regularly. A solutions architect needs to provide a solution that will run regular security scans across a large fleet of EC2 instances. The solution should also patch the EC2 instances on a regular schedule and provide a report of each instance’s patch status.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up Amazon Macie to scan the EC2 instances for software vulnerabilities. Set up a cron job on each EC2 instance to patch the instance on a regular schedule.

B. Turn on Amazon GuardDuty in the account. Configure GuardDuty to scan the EC2 instances for software vulnerabilities. Set up AWS Systems Manager Session Manager to patch the EC2 instances on a regular schedule.

C. Set up Amazon Detective to scan the EC2 instances for software vulnerabilities. Set up an Amazon EventBridge scheduled rule to patch the EC2 instances on a regular schedule.

D. Turn on Amazon Inspector in the account. Configure Amazon Inspector to scan the EC2 instances for software vulnerabilities. Set up AWS Systems Manager Patch Manager to patch the EC2 instances on a regular schedule.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect must secure a VPC network that hosts Amazon EC2 instances. The EC2 instances contain highly sensitive data and run in a private subnet. According to company policy, the EC2 instances that run in the VPC can access only approved third-party software repositories on the internet for software product updates that use the third party’s URL. Other internet traffic must be blocked.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Update the route table for the private subnet to route the outbound traffic to an AWS Network Firewall firewall. Configure domain list rule groups.

B. Set up an AWS WAF web ACL. Create a custom set of rules that filter traffic requests based on source and destination IP address range sets.

C. Implement strict inbound security group rules. Configure an outbound rule that allows traffic only to the authorized software repositories on the internet by specifying the URLs.

D. Configure an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in front of the EC2 instances. Direct all outbound traffic to the ALB. Use a URL-based rule listener in the ALB’s target group for outbound access to the internet.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An image hosting company uploads its large assets to Amazon S3 Standard buckets. The company uses multipart upload in parallel by using S3 APIs and overwrites if the same object is uploaded again. For the first 30 days after upload, the objects will be accessed frequently. The objects will be used less frequently after 30 days, but the access patterns for each object will be inconsistent. The company must optimize its S3 storage costs while maintaining high availability and resiliency of stored assets.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Move assets to S3 Intelligent-Tiering after 30 days.

B. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to clean up incomplete multipart uploads.

C. Configure an S3 Lifecycle policy to clean up expired object delete markers.

D. Move assets to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 30 days.

E. Move assets to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 30 days.






 

Suggested Answer: AB

Community Answer: AB

A company is hosting a web application from an Amazon S3 bucket. The application uses Amazon Cognito as an identity provider to authenticate users and return a JSON Web Token (JWT) that provides access to protected resources that are stored in another S3 bucket.
Upon deployment of the application, users report errors and are unable to access the protected content. A solutions architect must resolve this issue by providing proper permissions so that users can access the protected content.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Update the Amazon Cognito identity pool to assume the proper IAM role for access to the protected content.

B. Update the S3 ACL to allow the application to access the protected content.

C. Redeploy the application to Amazon S3 to prevent eventually consistent reads in the S3 bucket from affecting the ability of users to access the protected content.

D. Update the Amazon Cognito pool to use custom attribute mappings within the identity pool and grant users the proper permissions to access the protected content.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to implement a disaster recovery plan for its primary on-premises file storage volume. The file storage volume is mounted from an Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (iSCSI) device on a local storage server. The file storage volume holds hundreds of terabytes (TB) of data.
The company wants to ensure that end users retain immediate access to all file types from the on-premises systems without experiencing latency.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of change to the company's existing infrastructure?

A. Provision an Amazon S3 File Gateway as a virtual machine (VM) that is hosted on premises. Set the local cache to 10 TB. Modify existing applications to access the files through the NFS protocol. To recover from a disaster, provision an Amazon EC2 instance and mount the S3 bucket that contains the files.

B. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway. Use a data backup solution to back up all existing data to a virtual tape library. Configure the data backup solution to run nightly after the initial backup is complete. To recover from a disaster, provision an Amazon EC2 instance and restore the data to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume from the volumes in the virtual tape library.

C. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway cached volume. Set the local cache to 10 TB. Mount the Volume Gateway cached volume to the existing file server by using iSCSI, and copy all files to the storage volume. Configure scheduled snapshots of the storage volume. To recover from a disaster, restore a snapshot to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and attach the EBS volume to an Amazon EC2 instance.

D. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway Volume Gateway stored volume with the same amount of disk space as the existing file storage volume. Mount the Volume Gateway stored volume to the existing file server by using iSCSI, and copy all files to the storage volume. Configure scheduled snapshots of the storage volume. To recover from a disaster, restore a snapshot to an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume and attach the EBS volume to an Amazon EC2 instance.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company is planning to store data on Amazon RDS DB instances. The company must encrypt the data at rest.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Create a key in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS). Enable encryption for the DB instances.

B. Create an encryption key. Store the key in AWS Secrets Manager. Use the key to encrypt the DB instances.

C. Generate a certificate in AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Enable SSL/TLS on the DB instances by using the certificate.

D. Generate a certificate in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM). Enable SSL/TLS on the DB instances by using the certificate.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect is designing a multi-tier application for a company. The application's users upload images from a mobile device. The application generates a thumbnail of each image and returns a message to the user to confirm that the image was uploaded successfully.
The thumbnail generation can take up to 60 seconds, but the company wants to provide a faster response time to its users to notify them that the original image was received. The solutions architect must design the application to asynchronously dispatch requests to the different application tiers.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Write a custom AWS Lambda function to generate the thumbnail and alert the user. Use the image upload process as an event source to invoke the Lambda function.

B. Create an AWS Step Functions workflow. Configure Step Functions to handle the orchestration between the application tiers and alert the user when thumbnail generation is complete.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) message queue. As images are uploaded, place a message on the SQS queue for thumbnail generation. Alert the user through an application message that the image was received.

D. Create Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification topics and subscriptions. Use one subscription with the application to generate the thumbnail after the image upload is complete. Use a second subscription to message the user's mobile app by way of a push notification after thumbnail generation is complete.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company’s facility has badge readers at every entrance throughout the building. When badges are scanned, the readers send a message over HTTPS to indicate who attempted to access that particular entrance.
A solutions architect must design a system to process these messages from the sensors. The solution must be highly available, and the results must be made available for the company’s security team to analyze.
Which system architecture should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance to serve as the HTTPS endpoint and to process the messages. Configure the EC2 instance to save the results to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Create an HTTPS endpoint in Amazon API Gateway. Configure the API Gateway endpoint to invoke an AWS Lambda function to process the messages and save the results to an Amazon DynamoDB table.

C. Use Amazon Route 53 to direct incoming sensor messages to an AWS Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to process the messages and save the results to an Amazon DynamoDB table.

D. Create a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3. Configure a Site-to-Site VPN connection from the facility network to the VPC so that sensor data can be written directly to an S3 bucket by way of the VPC endpoint.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses an Amazon EC2 instance to run a script to poll for and process messages in an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. The company wants to reduce operational costs while maintaining its ability to process a growing number of messages that are added to the queue.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Increase the size of the EC2 instance to process messages faster.

B. Use Amazon EventBridge to turn off the EC2 instance when the instance is underutilized.

C. Migrate the script on the EC2 instance to an AWS Lambda function with the appropriate runtime.

D. Use AWS Systems Manager Run Command to run the script on demand.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company recently migrated its entire IT environment to the AWS Cloud. The company discovers that users are provisioning oversized Amazon EC2 instances and modifying security group rules without using the appropriate change control process. A solutions architect must devise a strategy to track and audit these inventory and configuration changes.
Which actions should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Enable AWS CloudTrail and use it for auditing.

B. Use data lifecycle policies for the Amazon EC2 instances.

C. Enable AWS Trusted Advisor and reference the security dashboard.

D. Enable AWS Config and create rules for auditing and compliance purposes.

E. Restore previous resource configurations with an AWS CloudFormation template.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company is using a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances to ingest data from on-premises data sources. The data is in JSON format and ingestion rates can be as high as 1 MB/s. When an EC2 instance is rebooted, the data in-flight is lost. The company’s data science team wants to query ingested data in near-real time.
Which solution provides near-real-time data querying that is scalable with minimal data loss?

A. Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams, Use Kinesis Data Analytics to query the data.

B. Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose with Amazon Redshift as the destination. Use Amazon Redshift to query the data.

C. Store ingested data in an EC2 instance store. Publish data to Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose with Amazon S3 as the destination. Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

D. Store ingested data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Publish data to Amazon ElastiCache for Redis. Subscribe to the Redis channel to query the data.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company uses a legacy application to produce data in CSV format. The legacy application stores the output data in Amazon S3. The company is deploying a new commercial off-the-shelf (COTS) application that can perform complex SQL queries to analyze data that is stored in Amazon Redshift and Amazon S3 only. However, the COTS application cannot process the .csv files that the legacy application produces.
The company cannot update the legacy application to produce data in another format. The company needs to implement a solution so that the COTS application can use the data that the legacy application produces.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job that runs on a schedule. Configure the ETL job to process the .csv files and store the processed data in Amazon Redshift.

B. Develop a Python script that runs on Amazon EC2 instances to convert the .csv files to .sql files. Invoke the Python script on a cron schedule to store the output files in Amazon S3.

C. Create an AWS Lambda function and an Amazon DynamoDB table. Use an S3 event to invoke the Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to perform an extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to process the .csv files and store the processed data in the DynamoDB table.

D. Use Amazon EventBridge to launch an Amazon EMR cluster on a weekly schedule. Configure the EMR cluster to perform an extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to process the .csv files and store the processed data in an Amazon Redshift table.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company experienced a breach that affected several applications in its on-premises data center. The attacker took advantage of vulnerabilities in the custom applications that were running on the servers. The company is now migrating its applications to run on Amazon EC2 instances. The company wants to implement a solution that actively scans for vulnerabilities on the EC2 instances and sends a report that details the findings.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy AWS Shield to scan the EC2 instances for vulnerabilities. Create an AWS Lambda function to log any findings to AWS CloudTrail.

B. Deploy Amazon Macie and AWS Lambda functions to scan the EC2 instances for vulnerabilities. Log any findings to AWS CloudTrail.

C. Turn on Amazon GuardDuty. Deploy the GuardDuty agents to the EC2 instances. Configure an AWS Lambda function to automate the generation and distribution of reports that detail the findings.

D. Turn on Amazon Inspector. Deploy the Amazon Inspector agent to the EC2 instances. Configure an AWS Lambda function to automate the generation and distribution of reports that detail the findings.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company is using AWS to design a web application that will process insurance quotes. Users will request quotes from the application. Quotes must be separated by quote type, must be responded to within 24 hours, and must not get lost. The solution must maximize operational efficiency and must minimize maintenance.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create multiple Amazon Kinesis data streams based on the quote type. Configure the web application to send messages to the proper data stream. Configure each backend group of application servers to use the Kinesis Client Library (KCL) to pool messages from its own data stream.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function and an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic for each quote type. Subscribe the Lambda function to its associated SNS topic. Configure the application to publish requests for quotes to the appropriate SNS topic.

C. Create a single Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Subscribe Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues to the SNS topic. Configure SNS message filtering to publish messages to the proper SQS queue based on the quote type. Configure each backend application server to use its own SQS queue.

D. Create multiple Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery streams based on the quote type to deliver data streams to an Amazon OpenSearch Service cluster. Configure the application to send messages to the proper delivery stream. Configure each backend group of application servers to search for the messages from OpenSearch Service and process them accordingly.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company has an application that runs on several Amazon EC2 instances. Each EC2 instance has multiple Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) data volumes attached to it. The application’s EC2 instance configuration and data need to be backed up nightly. The application also needs to be recoverable in a different AWS Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. Write an AWS Lambda function that schedules nightly snapshots of the application’s EBS volumes and copies the snapshots to a different Region.

B. Create a backup plan by using AWS Backup to perform nightly backups. Copy the backups to another Region. Add the application’s EC2 instances as resources.

C. Create a backup plan by using AWS Backup to perform nightly backups. Copy the backups to another Region. Add the application’s EBS volumes as resources.

D. Write an AWS Lambda function that schedules nightly snapshots of the application's EBS volumes and copies the snapshots to a different Availability Zone.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company is building a mobile app on AWS. The company wants to expand its reach to millions of users. The company needs to build a platform so that authorized users can watch the company’s content on their mobile devices.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Publish content to a public Amazon S3 bucket. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) keys to stream content.

B. Set up IPsec VPN between the mobile app and the AWS environment to stream content.

C. Use Amazon CloudFront. Provide signed URLs to stream content.

D. Set up AWS Client VPN between the mobile app and the AWS environment to stream content.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company sells datasets to customers who do research in artificial intelligence and machine learning (AI/ML). The datasets are large, formatted files that are stored in an Amazon S3 bucket in the us-east-1 Region. The company hosts a web application that the customers use to purchase access to a given dataset. The web application is deployed on multiple Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. After a purchase is made, customers receive an S3 signed URL that allows access to the files.
The customers are distributed across North America and Europe. The company wants to reduce the cost that is associated with data transfers and wants to maintain or improve performance.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure S3 Transfer Acceleration on the existing S3 bucket. Direct customer requests to the S3 Transfer Acceleration endpoint. Continue to use S3 signed URLs for access control.

B. Deploy an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the existing S3 bucket as the origin. Direct customer requests to the CloudFront URL. Switch to CloudFront signed URLs for access control.

C. Set up a second S3 bucket in the eu-central-1 Region with S3 Cross-Region Replication between the buckets. Direct customer requests to the closest Region. Continue to use S3 signed URLs for access control.

D. Modify the web application to enable streaming of the datasets to end users. Configure the web application to read the data from the existing S3 bucket. Implement access control directly in the application.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A social media company runs its application on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The ALB is the origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution. The application has more than a billion images stored in an Amazon S3 bucket and processes thousands of images each second. The company wants to resize the images dynamically and serve appropriate formats to clients.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Install an external image management library on an EC2 instance. Use the image management library to process the images.

B. Create a CloudFront origin request policy. Use the policy to automatically resize images and to serve the appropriate format based on the User-Agent HTTP header in the request.

C. Use a Lambda@Edge function with an external image management library. Associate the Lambda@Edge function with the CloudFront behaviors that serve the images.

D. Create a CloudFront response headers policy. Use the policy to automatically resize images and to serve the appropriate format based on the User-Agent HTTP header in the request.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company stores its data objects in Amazon S3 Standard storage. A solutions architect has found that 75% of the data is rarely accessed after 30 days. The company needs all the data to remain immediately accessible with the same high availability and resiliency, but the company wants to minimize storage costs.
Which storage solution will meet these requirements?

A. Move the data objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 30 days.

B. Move the data objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 30 days.

C. Move the data objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 30 days.

D. Move the data objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) immediately.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating an old application to AWS. The application runs a batch job every hour and is CPU intensive. The batch job takes 15 minutes on average with an on-premises server. The server has 64 virtual CPU (vCPU) and 512 GiB of memory.
Which solution will run the batch job within 15 minutes with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Lambda with functional scaling.

B. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with AWS Fargate.

C. Use Amazon Lightsail with AWS Auto Scaling.

D. Use AWS Batch on Amazon EC2.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company hosts a serverless application on AWS. The application uses Amazon API Gateway, AWS Lambda, and an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL database. The company notices an increase in application errors that result from database connection timeouts during times of peak traffic or unpredictable traffic. The company needs a solution that reduces the application failures with the least amount of change to the code.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Reduce the Lambda concurrency rate.

B. Enable RDS Proxy on the RDS DB instance.

C. Resize the RDS DB instance class to accept more connections.

D. Migrate the database to Amazon DynamoDB with on-demand scaling.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts a three-tier web application on Amazon EC2 instances in a single Availability Zone. The web application uses a self-managed MySQL database that is hosted on an EC2 instance to store data in an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. The MySQL database currently uses a 1 TB Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) EBS volume. The company expects traffic of 1,000 IOPS for both reads and writes at peak traffic.
The company wants to minimize any disruptions, stabilize performance, and reduce costs while retaining the capacity for double the IOPS. The company wants to move the database tier to a fully managed solution that is highly available and fault tolerant.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use a Multi-AZ deployment of an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance with an io2 Block Express EBS volume.

B. Use a Multi-AZ deployment of an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance with a General Purpose SSD (gp2) EBS volume.

C. Use Amazon S3 Intelligent-Tiering access tiers.

D. Use two large EC2 instances to host the database in active-passive mode.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company stores confidential data in an Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database in the ap-southeast-3 Region. The database is encrypted with an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. The company was recently acquired and must securely share a backup of the database with the acquiring company’s AWS account in ap-southeast-3.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a database snapshot. Copy the snapshot to a new unencrypted snapshot. Share the new snapshot with the acquiring company’s AWS account.

B. Create a database snapshot. Add the acquiring company’s AWS account to the KMS key policy. Share the snapshot with the acquiring company’s AWS account.

C. Create a database snapshot that uses a different AWS managed KMS key. Add the acquiring company’s AWS account to the KMS key alias. Share the snapshot with the acquiring company's AWS account.

D. Create a database snapshot. Download the database snapshot. Upload the database snapshot to an Amazon S3 bucket. Update the S3 bucket policy to allow access from the acquiring company’s AWS account.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses a 100 GB Amazon RDS for Microsoft SQL Server Single-AZ DB instance in the us-east-1 Region to store customer transactions. The company needs high availability and automatic recovery for the DB instance.
The company must also run reports on the RDS database several times a year. The report process causes transactions to take longer than usual to post to the customers’ accounts. The company needs a solution that will improve the performance of the report process.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Modify the DB instance from a Single-AZ DB instance to a Multi-AZ deployment.

B. Take a snapshot of the current DB instance. Restore the snapshot to a new RDS deployment in another Availability Zone.

C. Create a read replica of the DB instance in a different Availability Zone. Point all requests for reports to the read replica.

D. Migrate the database to RDS Custom.

E. Use RDS Proxy to limit reporting requests to the maintenance window.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A company is moving its data management application to AWS. The company wants to transition to an event-driven architecture. The architecture needs to be more distributed and to use serverless concepts while performing the different aspects of the workflow. The company also wants to minimize operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Build out the workflow in AWS Glue. Use AWS Glue to invoke AWS Lambda functions to process the workflow steps.

B. Build out the workflow in AWS Step Functions. Deploy the application on Amazon EC2 instances. Use Step Functions to invoke the workflow steps on the EC2 instances.

C. Build out the workflow in Amazon EventBridge. Use EventBridge to invoke AWS Lambda functions on a schedule to process the workflow steps.

D. Build out the workflow in AWS Step Functions. Use Step Functions to create a state machine. Use the state machine to invoke AWS Lambda functions to process the workflow steps.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is designing the network for an online multi-player game. The game uses the UDP networking protocol and will be deployed in eight AWS Regions. The network architecture needs to minimize latency and packet loss to give end users a high-quality gaming experience.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Setup a transit gateway in each Region. Create inter-Region peering attachments between each transit gateway.

B. Set up AWS Global Accelerator with UDP listeners and endpoint groups in each Region.

C. Set up Amazon CloudFront with UDP turned on. Configure an origin in each Region.

D. Set up a VPC peering mesh between each Region. Turn on UDP for each VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company collects data from a large number of participants who use wearable devices. The company stores the data in an Amazon DynamoDB table and uses applications to analyze the data. The data workload is constant and predictable. The company wants to stay at or below its forecasted budget for DynamoDB.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use provisioned mode and DynamoDB Standard-Infrequent Access (DynamoDB Standard-IA). Reserve capacity for the forecasted workload.

B. Use provisioned mode. Specify the read capacity units (RCUs) and write capacity units (WCUs).

C. Use on-demand mode. Set the read capacity units (RCUs) and write capacity units (WCUs) high enough to accommodate changes in the workload.

D. Use on-demand mode. Specify the read capacity units (RCUs) and write capacity units (WCUs) with reserved capacity.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company has an aging network-attached storage (NAS) array in its data center. The NAS array presents SMB shares and NFS shares to client workstations. The company does not want to purchase a new NAS array. The company also does not want to incur the cost of renewing the NAS array’s support contract. Some of the data is accessed frequently, but much of the data is inactive.
A solutions architect needs to implement a solution that migrates the data to Amazon S3, uses S3 Lifecycle policies, and maintains the same look and feel for the client workstations. The solutions architect has identified AWS Storage Gateway as part of the solution.
Which type of storage gateway should the solutions architect provision to meet these requirements?

A. Volume Gateway

B. Tape Gateway

C. Amazon FSx File Gateway

D. Amazon S3 File Gateway








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company wants to restrict access to the content of one of its main web applications and to protect the content by using authorization techniques available on AWS. The company wants to implement a serverless architecture and an authentication solution for fewer than 100 users. The solution needs to integrate with the main web application and serve web content globally. The solution must also scale as the company's user base grows while providing the lowest login latency possible.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Amazon Cognito for authentication. Use Lambda@Edge for authorization. Use Amazon CloudFront to serve the web application globally.

B. Use AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory for authentication. Use AWS Lambda for authorization. Use an Application Load Balancer to serve the web application globally.

C. Use Amazon Cognito for authentication. Use AWS Lambda for authorization. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration to serve the web application globally.

D. Use AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory for authentication. Use Lambda@Edge for authorization. Use AWS Elastic Beanstalk to serve the web application globally.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a Java application that uses Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to parse messages. The application cannot parse messages that are larger than 256 KB in size. The company wants to implement a solution to give the application the ability to parse messages as large as 50 MB.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the FEWEST changes to the code?

A. Use the Amazon SQS Extended Client Library for Java to host messages that are larger than 256 KB in Amazon S3.

B. Use Amazon EventBridge to post large messages from the application instead of Amazon SQS.

C. Change the limit in Amazon SQS to handle messages that are larger than 256 KB.

D. Store messages that are larger than 256 KB in Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). Configure Amazon SQS to reference this location in the messages.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect is designing a company’s disaster recovery (DR) architecture. The company has a MySQL database that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance in a private subnet with scheduled backup. The DR design needs to include multiple AWS Regions.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Migrate the MySQL database to multiple EC2 instances. Configure a standby EC2 instance in the DR Region. Turn on replication.

B. Migrate the MySQL database to Amazon RDS. Use a Multi-AZ deployment. Turn on read replication for the primary DB instance in the different Availability Zones.

C. Migrate the MySQL database to an Amazon Aurora global database. Host the primary DB cluster in the primary Region. Host the secondary DB cluster in the DR Region.

D. Store the scheduled backup of the MySQL database in an Amazon S3 bucket that is configured for S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR). Use the data backup to restore the database in the DR Region.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company has an Amazon S3 data lake that is governed by AWS Lake Formation. The company wants to create a visualization in Amazon QuickSight by joining the data in the data lake with operational data that is stored in an Amazon Aurora MySQL database. The company wants to enforce column-level authorization so that the company’s marketing team can access only a subset of columns in the database.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon EMR to ingest the data directly from the database to the QuickSight SPICE engine. Include only the required columns.

B. Use AWS Glue Studio to ingest the data from the database to the S3 data lake. Attach an IAM policy to the QuickSight users to enforce column-level access control. Use Amazon S3 as the data source in QuickSight.

C. Use AWS Glue Elastic Views to create a materialized view for the database in Amazon S3. Create an S3 bucket policy to enforce column-level access control for the QuickSight users. Use Amazon S3 as the data source in QuickSight.

D. Use a Lake Formation blueprint to ingest the data from the database to the S3 data lake. Use Lake Formation to enforce column-level access control for the QuickSight users. Use Amazon Athena as the data source in QuickSight.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company hosts a multi-tier web application that uses an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB cluster for storage. The application tier is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances. The company’s IT security guidelines mandate that the database credentials be encrypted and rotated every 14 days.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement with the LEAST operational effort?

A. Create a new AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption key. Use AWS Secrets Manager to create a new secret that uses the KMS key with the appropriate credentials. Associate the secret with the Aurora DB cluster. Configure a custom rotation period of 14 days.

B. Create two parameters in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store: one for the user name as a string parameter and one that uses the SecureString type for the password. Select AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption for the password parameter, and load these parameters in the application tier. Implement an AWS Lambda function that rotates the password every 14 days.

C. Store a file that contains the credentials in an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encrypted Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Mount the EFS file system in all EC2 instances of the application tier. Restrict the access to the file on the file system so that the application can read the file and that only super users can modify the file. Implement an AWS Lambda function that rotates the key in Aurora every 14 days and writes new credentials into the file.

D. Store a file that contains the credentials in an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encrypted Amazon S3 bucket that the application uses to load the credentials. Download the file to the application regularly to ensure that the correct credentials are used. Implement an AWS Lambda function that rotates the Aurora credentials every 14 days and uploads these credentials to the file in the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is experiencing sudden increases in demand. The company needs to provision large Amazon EC2 instances from an Amazon Machine Image (AMI). The instances will run in an Auto Scaling group. The company needs a solution that provides minimum initialization latency to meet the demand.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use the aws ec2 register-image command to create an AMI from a snapshot. Use AWS Step Functions to replace the AMI in the Auto Scaling group.

B. Enable Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) fast snapshot restore on a snapshot. Provision an AMI by using the snapshot. Replace the AMI in the Auto Scaling group with the new AMI.

C. Enable AMI creation and define lifecycle rules in Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager (Amazon DLM). Create an AWS Lambda function that modifies the AMI in the Auto Scaling group.

D. Use Amazon EventBridge to invoke AWS Backup lifecycle policies that provision AMIs. Configure Auto Scaling group capacity limits as an event source in EventBridge.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A transaction processing company has weekly scripted batch jobs that run on Amazon EC2 instances. The EC2 instances are in an Auto Scaling group. The number of transactions can vary, but the baseline CPU utilization that is noted on each run is at least 60%. The company needs to provision the capacity 30 minutes before the jobs run.
Currently, engineers complete this task by manually modifying the Auto Scaling group parameters. The company does not have the resources to analyze the required capacity trends for the Auto Scaling group counts. The company needs an automated way to modify the Auto Scaling group’s desired capacity.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a dynamic scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group. Configure the policy to scale based on the CPU utilization metric. Set the target value for the metric to 60%.

B. Create a scheduled scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group. Set the appropriate desired capacity, minimum capacity, and maximum capacity. Set the recurrence to weekly. Set the start time to 30 minutes before the batch jobs run.

C. Create a predictive scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group. Configure the policy to scale based on forecast. Set the scaling metric to CPU utilization. Set the target value for the metric to 60%. In the policy, set the instances to pre-launch 30 minutes before the jobs run.

D. Create an Amazon EventBridge event to invoke an AWS Lambda function when the CPU utilization metric value for the Auto Scaling group reaches 60%. Configure the Lambda function to increase the Auto Scaling group’s desired capacity and maximum capacity by 20%.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a custom application with embedded credentials that retrieves information from an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. Management says the application must be made more secure with the least amount of programming effort.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) to create keys. Configure the application to load the database credentials from AWS KMS. Enable automatic key rotation.

B. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. Configure the application to load the database credentials from Secrets Manager. Create an AWS Lambda function that rotates the credentials in Secret Manager.

C. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. Configure the application to load the database credentials from Secrets Manager. Set up a credentials rotation schedule for the application user in the RDS for MySQL database using Secrets Manager.

D. Create credentials on the RDS for MySQL database for the application user and store the credentials in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store. Configure the application to load the database credentials from Parameter Store. Set up a credentials rotation schedule for the application user in the RDS for MySQL database using Parameter Store.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company needs to provide its employees with secure access to confidential and sensitive files. The company wants to ensure that the files can be accessed only by authorized users. The files must be downloaded securely to the employees’ devices.
The files are stored in an on-premises Windows file server. However, due to an increase in remote usage, the file server is running out of capacity.
.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the file server to an Amazon EC2 instance in a public subnet. Configure the security group to limit inbound traffic to the employees’ IP addresses.

B. Migrate the files to an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. Integrate the Amazon FSx file system with the on-premises Active Directory. Configure AWS Client VPN.

C. Migrate the files to Amazon S3, and create a private VPC endpoint. Create a signed URL to allow download.

D. Migrate the files to Amazon S3, and create a public VPC endpoint. Allow employees to sign on with AWS IAM Identity Center (AWS Single Sign-On).








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs an application on Amazon EC2 Linux instances across multiple Availability Zones. The application needs a storage layer that is highly available and Portable Operating System Interface (POSIX)-compliant. The storage layer must provide maximum data durability and must be shareable across the EC2 instances. The data in the storage layer will be accessed frequently for the first 30 days and will be accessed infrequently after that time.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use the Amazon S3 Standard storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to move infrequently accessed data to S3 Glacier.

B. Use the Amazon S3 Standard storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to move infrequently accessed data to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA).

C. Use the Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) Standard storage class. Create a lifecycle management policy to move infrequently accessed data to EFS Standard-Infrequent Access (EFS Standard-IA).

D. Use the Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) One Zone storage class. Create a lifecycle management policy to move infrequently accessed data to EFS One Zone-Infrequent Access (EFS One Zone-IA).








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company is planning to migrate a commercial off-the-shelf application from its on-premises data center to AWS. The software has a software licensing model using sockets and cores with predictable capacity and uptime requirements. The company wants to use its existing licenses, which were purchased earlier this year.
Which Amazon EC2 pricing option is the MOST cost-effective?

A. Dedicated Reserved Hosts

B. Dedicated On-Demand Hosts

C. Dedicated Reserved Instances

D. Dedicated On-Demand Instances








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company hosts a three-tier web application that includes a PostgreSQL database. The database stores the metadata from documents. The company searches the metadata for key terms to retrieve documents that the company reviews in a report each month. The documents are stored in Amazon S3. The documents are usually written only once, but they are updated frequently.
The reporting process takes a few hours with the use of relational queries. The reporting process must not prevent any document modifications or the addition of new documents. A solutions architect needs to implement a solution to speed up the reporting process.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of change to the application code?

A. Set up a new Amazon DocumentDB (with MongoDB compatibility) cluster that includes a read replica. Scale the read replica to generate the reports.

B. Set up a new Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL DB cluster that includes an Aurora Replica. Issue queries to the Aurora Replica to generate the reports.

C. Set up a new Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Multi-AZ DB instance. Configure the reporting module to query the secondary RDS node so that the reporting module does not affect the primary node.

D. Set up a new Amazon DynamoDB table to store the documents. Use a fixed write capacity to support new document entries. Automatically scale the read capacity to support the reports.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating its on-premises workload to the AWS Cloud. The company already uses several Amazon EC2 instances and Amazon RDS DB instances. The company wants a solution that automatically starts and stops the EC2 instances and DB instances outside of business hours. The solution must minimize cost and infrastructure maintenance.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Scale the EC2 instances by using elastic resize. Scale the DB instances to zero outside of business hours.

B. Explore AWS Marketplace for partner solutions that will automatically start and stop the EC2 instances and DB instances on a schedule.

C. Launch another EC2 instance. Configure a crontab schedule to run shell scripts that will start and stop the existing EC2 instances and DB instances on a schedule.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function that will start and stop the EC2 instances and DB instances. Configure Amazon EventBridge to invoke the Lambda function on a schedule.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company has launched an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance. Most of the connections to the database come from serverless applications. Application traffic to the database changes significantly at random intervals. At times of high demand, users report that their applications experience database connection rejection errors.
Which solution will resolve this issue with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a proxy in RDS Proxy. Configure the users’ applications to use the DB instance through RDS Proxy.

B. Deploy Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached between the users’ applications and the DB instance.

C. Migrate the DB instance to a different instance class that has higher I/O capacity. Configure the users’ applications to use the new DB instance.

D. Configure Multi-AZ for the DB instance. Configure the users’ applications to switch between the DB instances.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is developing a real-time multiplayer game that uses UDP for communications between the client and servers in an Auto Scaling group. Spikes in demand are anticipated during the day, so the game server platform must adapt accordingly. Developers want to store gamer scores and other non-relational data in a database solution that will scale without intervention.
Which solution should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use Amazon Route 53 for traffic distribution and Amazon Aurora Serverless for data storage.

B. Use a Network Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon DynamoDB on-demand for data storage.

C. Use a Network Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon Aurora Global Database for data storage.

D. Use an Application Load Balancer for traffic distribution and Amazon DynamoDB global tables for data storage.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has an application that collects data from IoT sensors on automobiles. The data is streamed and stored in Amazon S3 through Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose. The data produces trillions of S3 objects each year. Each morning, the company uses the data from the previous 30 days to retrain a suite of machine learning (ML) models.
Four times each year, the company uses the data from the previous 12 months to perform analysis and train other ML models. The data must be available with minimal delay for up to 1 year. After 1 year, the data must be retained for archival purposes.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

B. Use the S3 Intelligent-Tiering storage class. Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to automatically move objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

C. Use the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.

D. Use the S3 Standard storage class. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 30 days, and then to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 1 year.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

An ecommerce company is building a distributed application that involves several serverless functions and AWS services to complete order-processing tasks. These tasks require manual approvals as part of the workflow. A solutions architect needs to design an architecture for the order-processing application. The solution must be able to combine multiple AWS Lambda functions into responsive serverless applications. The solution also must orchestrate data and services that run on Amazon EC2 instances, containers, or on-premises servers.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Step Functions to build the application.

B. Integrate all the application components in an AWS Glue job.

C. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to build the application.

D. Use AWS Lambda functions and Amazon EventBridge events to build the application.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company is running several business applications in three separate VPCs within the us-east-1 Region. The applications must be able to communicate between VPCs. The applications also must be able to consistently send hundreds of gigabytes of data each day to a latency-sensitive application that runs in a single on-premises data center.
A solutions architect needs to design a network connectivity solution that maximizes cost-effectiveness.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Configure three AWS Site-to-Site VPN connections from the data center to AWS. Establish connectivity by configuring one VPN connection for each VPC.

B. Launch a third-party virtual network appliance in each VPC. Establish an IPsec VPN tunnel between the data center and each virtual appliance.

C. Set up three AWS Direct Connect connections from the data center to a Direct Connect gateway in us-east-1. Establish connectivity by configuring each VPC to use one of the Direct Connect connections.

D. Set up one AWS Direct Connect connection from the data center to AWS. Create a transit gateway, and attach each VPC to the transit gateway. Establish connectivity between the Direct Connect connection and the transit gateway.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company wants to migrate an Oracle database to AWS. The database consists of a single table that contains millions of geographic information systems (GIS) images that are high resolution and are identified by a geographic code.
When a natural disaster occurs, tens of thousands of images get updated every few minutes. Each geographic code has a single image or row that is associated with it. The company wants a solution that is highly available and scalable during such events.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store the images and geographic codes in a database table. Use Oracle running on an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance.

B. Store the images in Amazon S3 buckets. Use Amazon DynamoDB with the geographic code as the key and the image S3 URL as the value.

C. Store the images and geographic codes in an Amazon DynamoDB table. Configure DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) during times of high load.

D. Store the images in Amazon S3 buckets. Store geographic codes and image S3 URLs in a database table. Use Oracle running on an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs a public three-tier web application in a VPC. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances that run in private subnets need to communicate with a license server over the internet. The company needs a managed solution that minimizes operational maintenance.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Provision a NAT instance in a public subnet. Modify each private subnet's route table with a default route that points to the NAT instance.

B. Provision a NAT instance in a private subnet. Modify each private subnet's route table with a default route that points to the NAT instance.

C. Provision a NAT gateway in a public subnet. Modify each private subnet's route table with a default route that points to the NAT gateway.

D. Provision a NAT gateway in a private subnet. Modify each private subnet's route table with a default route that points to the NAT gateway.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has migrated an application to Amazon EC2 Linux instances. One of these EC2 instances runs several 1-hour tasks on a schedule. These tasks were written by different teams and have no common programming language. The company is concerned about performance and scalability while these tasks run on a single instance. A solutions architect needs to implement a solution to resolve these concerns.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Batch to run the tasks as jobs. Schedule the jobs by using Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events).

B. Convert the EC2 instance to a container. Use AWS App Runner to create the container on demand to run the tasks as jobs.

C. Copy the tasks into AWS Lambda functions. Schedule the Lambda functions by using Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events).

D. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) of the EC2 instance that runs the tasks. Create an Auto Scaling group with the AMI to run multiple copies of the instance.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company needs to create an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) cluster to host a digital media streaming application. The EKS cluster will use a managed node group that is backed by Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes for storage. The company must encrypt all data at rest by using a customer managed key that is stored in AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS).
Which combination of actions will meet this requirement with the LEAST operational overhead? (Choose two.)

A. Use a Kubernetes plugin that uses the customer managed key to perform data encryption.

B. After creation of the EKS cluster, locate the EBS volumes. Enable encryption by using the customer managed key.

C. Enable EBS encryption by default in the AWS Region where the EKS cluster will be created. Select the customer managed key as the default key.

D. Create the EKS cluster. Create an IAM role that has a policy that grants permission to the customer managed key. Associate the role with the EKS cluster.

E. Store the customer managed key as a Kubernetes secret in the EKS cluster. Use the customer managed key to encrypt the EBS volumes.






 

Suggested Answer: AE

Community Answer: CD

A company is using Amazon Route 53 latency-based routing to route requests to its UDP-based application for users around the world. The application is hosted on redundant servers in the company's on-premises data centers in the United States, Asia, and Europe. The company’s compliance requirements state that the application must be hosted on premises. The company wants to improve the performance and availability of the application.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Configure three Network Load Balancers (NLBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the on-premises endpoints. Create an accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator, and register the NLBs as its endpoints. Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to the accelerator DNS.

B. Configure three Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the on-premises endpoints. Create an accelerator by using AWS Global Accelerator, and register the ALBs as its endpoints. Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to the accelerator DNS.

C. Configure three Network Load Balancers (NLBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the on-premises endpoints. In Route 53, create a latency-based record that points to the three NLBs, and use it as an origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to the CloudFront DNS.

D. Configure three Application Load Balancers (ALBs) in the three AWS Regions to address the on-premises endpoints. In Route 53, create a latency-based record that points to the three ALBs, and use it as an origin for an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Provide access to the application by using a CNAME that points to the CloudFront DNS.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company runs a web application that is backed by Amazon RDS. A new database administrator caused data loss by accidentally editing information in a database table. To help recover from this type of incident, the company wants the ability to restore the database to its state from 5 minutes before any change within the last 30 days.
Which feature should the solutions architect include in the design to meet this requirement?

A. Read replicas

B. Manual snapshots

C. Automated backups

D. Multi-AZ deployments








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company’s web application consists of an Amazon API Gateway API in front of an AWS Lambda function and an Amazon DynamoDB database. The Lambda function handles the business logic, and the DynamoDB table hosts the data. The application uses Amazon Cognito user pools to identify the individual users of the application. A solutions architect needs to update the application so that only users who have a subscription can access premium content.
Which solution will meet this requirement with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Enable API caching and throttling on the API Gateway API.

B. Set up AWS WAF on the API Gateway API. Create a rule to filter users who have a subscription.

C. Apply fine-grained IAM permissions to the premium content in the DynamoDB table.

D. Implement API usage plans and API keys to limit the access of users who do not have a subscription.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A hospital needs to store patient records in an Amazon S3 bucket. The hospital’s compliance team must ensure that all protected health information (PHI) is encrypted in transit and at rest. The compliance team must administer the encryption key for data at rest.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a public SSL/TLS certificate in AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Associate the certificate with Amazon S3. Configure default encryption for each S3 bucket to use server-side encryption with AWS KMS keys (SSE-KMS). Assign the compliance team to manage the KMS keys.

B. Use the aws:SecureTransport condition on S3 bucket policies to allow only encrypted connections over HTTPS (TLS). Configure default encryption for each S3 bucket to use server-side encryption with S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Assign the compliance team to manage the SSE-S3 keys.

C. Use the aws:SecureTransport condition on S3 bucket policies to allow only encrypted connections over HTTPS (TLS). Configure default encryption for each S3 bucket to use server-side encryption with AWS KMS keys (SSE-KMS). Assign the compliance team to manage the KMS keys.

D. Use the aws:SecureTransport condition on S3 bucket policies to allow only encrypted connections over HTTPS (TLS). Use Amazon Macie to protect the sensitive data that is stored in Amazon S3. Assign the compliance team to manage Macie.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A hospital is designing a new application that gathers symptoms from patients. The hospital has decided to use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) and Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) in the architecture.
A solutions architect is reviewing the infrastructure design. Data must be encrypted at rest and in transit. Only authorized personnel of the hospital should be able to access the data.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components. Update the default key policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals.

B. Turn on server-side encryption on the SNS components by using an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Apply a key policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals.

C. Turn on encryption on the SNS components. Update the default key policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals. Set a condition in the topic policy to allow only encrypted connections over TLS.

D. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components by using an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Apply a key policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals. Set a condition in the queue policy to allow only encrypted connections over TLS.

E. Turn on server-side encryption on the SQS components by using an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Apply an IAM policy to restrict key usage to a set of authorized principals. Set a condition in the queue policy to allow only encrypted connections over TLS.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: BD

A company uses a payment processing system that requires messages for a particular payment ID to be received in the same order that they were sent. Otherwise, the payments might be processed incorrectly.
Which actions should a solutions architect take to meet this requirement? (Choose two.)

A. Write the messages to an Amazon DynamoDB table with the payment ID as the partition key.

B. Write the messages to an Amazon Kinesis data stream with the payment ID as the partition key.

C. Write the messages to an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster with the payment ID as the key.

D. Write the messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Set the message attribute to use the payment ID.

E. Write the messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue. Set the message group to use the payment ID.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BE

A company hosts a multiplayer gaming application on AWS. The company wants the application to read data with sub-millisecond latency and run one-time queries on historical data.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon RDS for data that is frequently accessed. Run a periodic custom script to export the data to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Store the data directly in an Amazon S3 bucket. Implement an S3 Lifecycle policy to move older data to S3 Glacier Deep Archive for long-term storage. Run one-time queries on the data in Amazon S3 by using Amazon Athena.

C. Use Amazon DynamoDB with DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) for data that is frequently accessed. Export the data to an Amazon S3 bucket by using DynamoDB table export. Run one-time queries on the data in Amazon S3 by using Amazon Athena.

D. Use Amazon DynamoDB for data that is frequently accessed. Turn on streaming to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to read the data from Kinesis Data Streams. Store the records in an Amazon S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company has a business system that generates hundreds of reports each day. The business system saves the reports to a network share in CSV format. The company needs to store this data in the AWS Cloud in near-real time for analysis.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST administrative overhead?

A. Use AWS DataSync to transfer the files to Amazon S3. Create a scheduled task that runs at the end of each day.

B. Create an Amazon S3 File Gateway. Update the business system to use a new network share from the S3 File Gateway.

C. Use AWS DataSync to transfer the files to Amazon S3. Create an application that uses the DataSync API in the automation workflow.

D. Deploy an AWS Transfer for SFTP endpoint. Create a script that checks for new files on the network share and uploads the new files by using SFTP.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

An ecommerce company is experiencing an increase in user traffic. The company’s store is deployed on Amazon EC2 instances as a two-tier web application consisting of a web tier and a separate database tier. As traffic increases, the company notices that the architecture is causing significant delays in sending timely marketing and order confirmation email to users. The company wants to reduce the time it spends resolving complex email delivery issues and minimize operational overhead.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Create a separate application tier using EC2 instances dedicated to email processing.

B. Configure the web instance to send email through Amazon Simple Email Service (Amazon SES).

C. Configure the web instance to send email through Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS).

D. Create a separate application tier using EC2 instances dedicated to email processing. Place the instances in an Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

An image-hosting company stores its objects in Amazon S3 buckets. The company wants to avoid accidental exposure of the objects in the S3 buckets to the public. All S3 objects in the entire AWS account need to remain private.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon GuardDuty to monitor S3 bucket policies. Create an automatic remediation action rule that uses an AWS Lambda function to remediate any change that makes the objects public.

B. Use AWS Trusted Advisor to find publicly accessible S3 buckets. Configure email notifications in Trusted Advisor when a change is detected. Manually change the S3 bucket policy if it allows public access.

C. Use AWS Resource Access Manager to find publicly accessible S3 buckets. Use Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to invoke an AWS Lambda function when a change is detected. Deploy a Lambda function that programmatically remediates the change.

D. Use the S3 Block Public Access feature on the account level. Use AWS Organizations to create a service control policy (SCP) that prevents IAM users from changing the setting. Apply the SCP to the account.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect must migrate a Windows Internet Information Services (IIS) web application to AWS. The application currently relies on a file share hosted in the user's on-premises network-attached storage (NAS). The solutions architect has proposed migrating the IIS web servers to Amazon EC2 instances in multiple Availability Zones that are connected to the storage solution, and configuring an Elastic Load Balancer attached to the instances.
Which replacement to the on-premises file share is MOST resilient and durable?

A. Migrate the file share to Amazon RDS.

B. Migrate the file share to AWS Storage Gateway.

C. Migrate the file share to Amazon FSx for Windows File Server.

D. Migrate the file share to Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company is deploying a new application on Amazon EC2 instances. The application writes data to Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes. The company needs to ensure that all data that is written to the EBS volumes is encrypted at rest.
Which solution will meet this requirement?

A. Create an IAM role that specifies EBS encryption. Attach the role to the EC2 instances.

B. Create the EBS volumes as encrypted volumes. Attach the EBS volumes to the EC2 instances.

C. Create an EC2 instance tag that has a key of Encrypt and a value of True. Tag all instances that require encryption at the EBS level.

D. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key policy that enforces EBS encryption in the account. Ensure that the key policy is active.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is implementing a shared storage solution for a gaming application that is hosted in the AWS Cloud. The company needs the ability to use Lustre clients to access data. The solution must be fully managed.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS DataSync task that shares the data as a mountable file system. Mount the file system to the application server.

B. Create an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway. Create a file share that uses the required client protocol. Connect the application server to the file share.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system, and configure it to support Lustre. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company runs an application that receives data from thousands of geographically dispersed remote devices that use UDP. The application processes the data immediately and sends a message back to the device if necessary. No data is stored.
The company needs a solution that minimizes latency for the data transmission from the devices. The solution also must provide rapid failover to another AWS Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover routing policy. Create a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in each of the two Regions. Configure the NLB to invoke an AWS Lambda function to process the data.

B. Use AWS Global Accelerator. Create a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in each of the two Regions as an endpoint. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with the Fargate launch type. Create an ECS service on the cluster. Set the ECS service as the target for the NLProcess the data in Amazon ECS.

C. Use AWS Global Accelerator. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in each of the two Regions as an endpoint. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with the Fargate launch type. Create an ECS service on the cluster. Set the ECS service as the target for the ALB. Process the data in Amazon ECS.

D. Configure an Amazon Route 53 failover routing policy. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in each of the two Regions. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with the Fargate launch type. Create an ECS service on the cluster. Set the ECS service as the target for the ALB. Process the data in Amazon ECS.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is designing a two-tiered architecture that includes a public subnet and a database subnet. The web servers in the public subnet must be open to the internet on port 443. The Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance in the database subnet must be accessible only to the web servers on port 3306.
Which combination of steps should the solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Create a network ACL for the public subnet. Add a rule to deny outbound traffic to 0.0.0.0/0 on port 3306.

B. Create a security group for the DB instance. Add a rule to allow traffic from the public subnet CIDR block on port 3306.

C. Create a security group for the web servers in the public subnet. Add a rule to allow traffic from 0.0.0.0/0 on port 443.

D. Create a security group for the DB instance. Add a rule to allow traffic from the web servers’ security group on port 3306.

E. Create a security group for the DB instance. Add a rule to deny all traffic except traffic from the web servers’ security group on port 3306.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: CD

A solutions architect is designing the architecture for a software demonstration environment. The environment will run on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). The system will experience significant increases in traffic during working hours but is not required to operate on weekends.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to ensure that the system can scale to meet demand? (Choose two.)

A. Use AWS Auto Scaling to adjust the ALB capacity based on request rate.

B. Use AWS Auto Scaling to scale the capacity of the VPC internet gateway.

C. Launch the EC2 instances in multiple AWS Regions to distribute the load across Regions.

D. Use a target tracking scaling policy to scale the Auto Scaling group based on instance CPU utilization.

E. Use scheduled scaling to change the Auto Scaling group minimum, maximum, and desired capacity to zero for weekends. Revert to the default values at the start of the week.






 

Suggested Answer: D E

Community Answer: DE

A company wants to use the AWS Cloud to make an existing application highly available and resilient. The current version of the application resides in the company's data center. The application recently experienced data loss after a database server crashed because of an unexpected power outage.
The company needs a solution that avoids any single points of failure. The solution must give the application the ability to scale to meet user demand.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the application servers by using Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. Use an Amazon RDS DB instance in a Multi-AZ configuration.

B. Deploy the application servers by using Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group in a single Availability Zone. Deploy the database on an EC2 instance. Enable EC2 Auto Recovery.

C. Deploy the application servers by using Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. Use an Amazon RDS DB instance with a read replica in a single Availability Zone. Promote the read replica to replace the primary DB instance if the primary DB instance fails.

D. Deploy the application servers by using Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. Deploy the primary and secondary database servers on EC2 instances across multiple Availability Zones. Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Multi-Attach to create shared storage between the instances.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is developing a new machine learning (ML) model solution on AWS. The models are developed as independent microservices that fetch approximately 1 GB of model data from Amazon S3 at startup and load the data into memory. Users access the models through an asynchronous API. Users can send a request or a batch of requests and specify where the results should be sent.
The company provides models to hundreds of users. The usage patterns for the models are irregular. Some models could be unused for days or weeks. Other models could receive batches of thousands of requests at a time.
Which design should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Direct the requests from the API to a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Deploy the models as AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by the NLB.

B. Direct the requests from the API to an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Deploy the models as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services that read from an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use AWS App Mesh to scale the instances of the ECS cluster based on the SQS queue size.

C. Direct the requests from the API into an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Deploy the models as AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by SQS events. Use AWS Auto Scaling to increase the number of vCPUs for the Lambda functions based on the SQS queue size.

D. Direct the requests from the API into an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Deploy the models as Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) services that read from the queue. Enable AWS Auto Scaling on Amazon ECS for both the cluster and copies of the service based on the queue size.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

An IAM user made several configuration changes to AWS resources in their company's account during a production deployment last week. A solutions architect learned that a couple of security group rules are not configured as desired. The solutions architect wants to confirm which IAM user was responsible for making changes.
Which service should the solutions architect use to find the desired information?

A. Amazon GuardDuty

B. Amazon Inspector

C. AWS CloudTrail

D. AWS Config








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A meteorological startup company has a custom web application to sell weather data to its users online. The company uses Amazon DynamoDB to store its data and wants to build a new service that sends an alert to the managers of four internal teams every time a new weather event is recorded. The company does not want this new service to affect the performance of the current application.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Use DynamoDB transactions to write new event data to the table. Configure the transactions to notify internal teams.

B. Have the current application publish a message to four Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topics. Have each team subscribe to one topic.

C. Enable Amazon DynamoDB Streams on the table. Use triggers to write to a single Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic to which the teams can subscribe.

D. Add a custom attribute to each record to flag new items. Write a cron job that scans the table every minute for items that are new and notifies an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue to which the teams can subscribe.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A financial company hosts a web application on AWS. The application uses an Amazon API Gateway Regional API endpoint to give users the ability to retrieve current stock prices. The company’s security team has noticed an increase in the number of API requests. The security team is concerned that HTTP flood attacks might take the application offline.
A solutions architect must design a solution to protect the application from this type of attack.
Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the API Gateway Regional API endpoint with a maximum TTL of 24 hours.

B. Create a Regional AWS WAF web ACL with a rate-based rule. Associate the web ACL with the API Gateway stage.

C. Use Amazon CloudWatch metrics to monitor the Count metric and alert the security team when the predefined rate is reached.

D. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with Lambda@Edge in front of the API Gateway Regional API endpoint. Create an AWS Lambda function to block requests from IP addresses that exceed the predefined rate.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company needs to transfer 600 TB of data from its on-premises network-attached storage (NAS) system to the AWS Cloud. The data transfer must be complete within 2 weeks. The data is sensitive and must be encrypted in transit. The company’s internet connection can support an upload speed of 100 Mbps.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Amazon S3 multi-part upload functionality to transfer the files over HTTPS.

B. Create a VPN connection between the on-premises NAS system and the nearest AWS Region. Transfer the data over the VPN connection.

C. Use the AWS Snow Family console to order several AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized devices. Use the devices to transfer the data to Amazon S3.

D. Set up a 10 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection between the company location and the nearest AWS Region. Transfer the data over a VPN connection into the Region to store the data in Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company has implemented a self-managed DNS service on AWS. The solution consists of the following:
•	Amazon EC2 instances in different AWS Regions
•	Endpoints of a standard accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator
The company wants to protect the solution against DDoS attacks.
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Subscribe to AWS Shield Advanced. Add the accelerator as a resource to protect.

B. Subscribe to AWS Shield Advanced. Add the EC2 instances as resources to protect.

C. Create an AWS WAF web ACL that includes a rate-based rule. Associate the web ACL with the accelerator.

D. Create an AWS WAF web ACL that includes a rate-based rule. Associate the web ACL with the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is running a multi-tier ecommerce web application in the AWS Cloud. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances with an Amazon RDS for MySQL Multi-AZ DB instance. Amazon RDS is configured with the latest generation DB instance with 2,000 GB of storage in a General Purpose SSD (gp3) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. The database performance affects the application during periods of high demand.
A database administrator analyzes the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs and discovers that the application performance always degrades when the number of read and write IOPS is higher than 20,000.
What should a solutions architect do to improve the application performance?

A. Replace the volume with a magnetic volume.

B. Increase the number of IOPS on the gp3 volume.

C. Replace the volume with a Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) volume.

D. Replace the 2,000 GB gp3 volume with two 1,000 GB gp3 volumes.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company wants to deploy a new public web application on AWS. The application includes a web server tier that uses Amazon EC2 instances. The application also includes a database tier that uses an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance.
The application must be secure and accessible for global customers that have dynamic IP addresses.
How should a solutions architect configure the security groups to meet these requirements?

A. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0. Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306 from the security group of the web servers.

B. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from the IP addresses of the customers. Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306 from the security group of the web servers.

C. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from the IP addresses of the customers. Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306 from the IP addresses of the customers.

D. Configure the security group for the web servers to allow inbound traffic on port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0. Configure the security group for the DB instance to allow inbound traffic on port 3306 from 0.0.0.0/0.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company needs a backup strategy for its three-tier stateless web application. The web application runs on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group with a dynamic scaling policy that is configured to respond to scaling events. The database tier runs on Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL. The web application does not require temporary local storage on the EC2 instances. The company’s recovery point objective (RPO) is 2 hours.
The backup strategy must maximize scalability and optimize resource utilization for this environment.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Take snapshots of Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes of the EC2 instances and database every 2 hours to meet the RPO.

B. Configure a snapshot lifecycle policy to take Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshots. Enable automated backups in Amazon RDS to meet the RPO.

C. Retain the latest Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) of the web and application tiers. Enable automated backups in Amazon RDS and use point-in-time recovery to meet the RPO.

D. Take snapshots of Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes of the EC2 instances every 2 hours. Enable automated backups in Amazon RDS and use point-in-time recovery to meet the RPO.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A new employee has joined a company as a deployment engineer. The deployment engineer will be using AWS CloudFormation templates to create multiple AWS resources. A solutions architect wants the deployment engineer to perform job activities while following the principle of least privilege.
Which combination of actions should the solutions architect take to accomplish this goal? (Choose two.)

A. Have the deployment engineer use AWS account root user credentials for performing AWS CloudFormation stack operations.

B. Create a new IAM user for the deployment engineer and add the IAM user to a group that has the PowerUsers IAM policy attached.

C. Create a new IAM user for the deployment engineer and add the IAM user to a group that has the AdministratorAccess IAM policy attached.

D. Create a new IAM user for the deployment engineer and add the IAM user to a group that has an IAM policy that allows AWS CloudFormation actions only.

E. Create an IAM role for the deployment engineer to explicitly define the permissions specific to the AWS CloudFormation stack and launch stacks using that IAM role.






 

Suggested Answer: DE

Community Answer: DE

A company stores several petabytes of data across multiple AWS accounts. The company uses AWS Lake Formation to manage its data lake. The company's data science team wants to securely share selective data from its accounts with the company's engineering team for analytical purposes.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Copy the required data to a common account. Create an IAM access role in that account. Grant access by specifying a permission policy that includes users from the engineering team accounts as trusted entities.

B. Use the Lake Formation permissions Grant command in each account where the data is stored to allow the required engineering team users to access the data.

C. Use AWS Data Exchange to privately publish the required data to the required engineering team accounts.

D. Use Lake Formation tag-based access control to authorize and grant cross-account permissions for the required data to the engineering team accounts.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company wants to host a scalable web application on AWS. The application will be accessed by users from different geographic regions of the world. Application users will be able to download and upload unique data up to gigabytes in size. The development team wants a cost-effective solution to minimize upload and download latency and maximize performance.
What should a solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Use Amazon S3 with Transfer Acceleration to host the application.

B. Use Amazon S3 with CacheControl headers to host the application.

C. Use Amazon EC2 with Auto Scaling and Amazon CloudFront to host the application.

D. Use Amazon EC2 with Auto Scaling and Amazon ElastiCache to host the application.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company used an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance during application testing. Before terminating the DB instance at the end of the test cycle, a solutions architect created two backups. The solutions architect created the first backup by using the mysqldump utility to create a database dump. The solutions architect created the second backup by enabling the final DB snapshot option on RDS termination.
The company is now planning for a new test cycle and wants to create a new DB instance from the most recent backup. The company has chosen a MySQL-compatible edition ofAmazon Aurora to host the DB instance.
Which solutions will create the new DB instance? (Choose two.)

A. Import the RDS snapshot directly into Aurora.

B. Upload the RDS snapshot to Amazon S3. Then import the RDS snapshot into Aurora.

C. Upload the database dump to Amazon S3. Then import the database dump into Aurora.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to import the RDS snapshot into Aurora.

E. Upload the database dump to Amazon S3. Then use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to import the database dump into Aurora.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AC

A company wants to share accounting data with an external auditor. The data is stored in an Amazon RDS DB instance that resides in a private subnet. The auditor has its own AWS account and requires its own copy of the database.
What is the MOST secure way for the company to share the database with the auditor?

A. Create a read replica of the database. Configure IAM standard database authentication to grant the auditor access.

B. Export the database contents to text files. Store the files in an Amazon S3 bucket. Create a new IAM user for the auditor. Grant the user access to the S3 bucket.

C. Copy a snapshot of the database to an Amazon S3 bucket. Create an IAM user. Share the user's keys with the auditor to grant access to the object in the S3 bucket.

D. Create an encrypted snapshot of the database. Share the snapshot with the auditor. Allow access to the AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) encryption key.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect configured a VPC that has a small range of IP addresses. The number of Amazon EC2 instances that are in the VPC is increasing, and there is an insufficient number of IP addresses for future workloads.
Which solution resolves this issue with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Add an additional IPv4 CIDR block to increase the number of IP addresses and create additional subnets in the VPC. Create new resources in the new subnets by using the new CIDR.

B. Create a second VPC with additional subnets. Use a peering connection to connect the second VPC with the first VPC Update the routes and create new resources in the subnets of the second VPC.

C. Use AWS Transit Gateway to add a transit gateway and connect a second VPC with the first VPUpdate the routes of the transit gateway and VPCs. Create new resources in the subnets of the second VPC.

D. Create a second VPC. Create a Site-to-Site VPN connection between the first VPC and the second VPC by using a VPN-hosted solution on Amazon EC2 and a virtual private gateway. Update the route between VPCs to the traffic through the VPN. Create new resources in the subnets of the second VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company hosts its application in the AWS Cloud. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Elastic Load Balancer in an Auto Scaling group and with an Amazon DynamoDB table. The company wants to ensure the application can be made available in anotherAWS Region with minimal downtime.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of downtime?

A. Create an Auto Scaling group and a load balancer in the disaster recovery Region. Configure the DynamoDB table as a global table. Configure DNS failover to point to the new disaster recovery Region's load balancer.

B. Create an AWS CloudFormation template to create EC2 instances, load balancers, and DynamoDB tables to be launched when needed Configure DNS failover to point to the new disaster recovery Region's load balancer.

C. Create an AWS CloudFormation template to create EC2 instances and a load balancer to be launched when needed. Configure the DynamoDB table as a global table. Configure DNS failover to point to the new disaster recovery Region's load balancer.

D. Create an Auto Scaling group and load balancer in the disaster recovery Region. Configure the DynamoDB table as a global table. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to trigger an AWS Lambda function that updates Amazon Route 53 pointing to the disaster recovery load balancer.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company operates an ecommerce website on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in an Auto Scaling group. The site is experiencing performance issues related to a high request rate from illegitimate external systems with changing IP addresses. The security team is worried about potential DDoS attacks against the website. The company must block the illegitimate incoming requests in a way that has a minimal impact on legitimate users.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Deploy Amazon Inspector and associate it with the ALB.

B. Deploy AWS WAF, associate it with the ALB, and configure a rate-limiting rule.

C. Deploy rules to the network ACLs associated with the ALB to block the incomingtraffic.

D. Deploy Amazon GuardDuty and enable rate-limiting protection when configuring GuardDuty.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company needs to migrate a MySQL database from its on-premises data center to AWS within 2 weeks. The database is 20 TB in size. The company wants to complete the migration with minimal downtime.
Which solution will migrate the database MOST cost-effectively?

A. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) with AWS Schema Conversion Tool (AWS SCT) to migrate the database with replication of ongoing changes. Send the Snowball Edge device to AWS to finish the migration and continue the ongoing replication.

B. Order an AWS Snowmobile vehicle. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) with AWS Schema Conversion Tool (AWS SCT) to migrate the database with ongoing changes. Send the Snowmobile vehicle back to AWS to finish the migration and continue the ongoing replication.

C. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Compute Optimized with GPU device. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) with AWS Schema Conversion Tool (AWS SCT) to migrate the database with ongoing changes. Send the Snowball device to AWS to finish the migration and continue the ongoing replication

D. Order a 1 GB dedicated AWS Direct Connect connection to establish a connection with the data center. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) with AWS Schema Conversion Tool (AWS SCT) to migrate the database with replication of ongoing changes.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company is running its production and nonproduction environment workloads in multiple AWS accounts. The accounts are in an organization in AWS Organizations. The company needs to design a solution that will prevent the modification of cost usage tags.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a custom AWS Config rule to prevent tag modification except by authorized principals.

B. Create a custom trail in AWS CloudTrail to prevent tag modification.

C. Create a service control policy (SCP) to prevent tag modification except by authorized principals.

D. Create custom Amazon CloudWatch logs to prevent tag modification.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A manufacturing company has machine sensors that upload .csv files to an Amazon S3 bucket. These .csv files must be converted into images and must be made available as soon as possible for the automatic generation of graphical reports.
The images become irrelevant after 1 month, but the .csv files must be kept to train machine learning (ML) models twice a year. The ML trainings and audits are planned weeks in advance.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively? (Choose two.)

A. Launch an Amazon EC2 Spot Instance that downloads the .csv files every hour, generates the image files, and uploads the images to the S3 bucket.

B. Design an AWS Lambda function that converts the .csv files into images and stores the images in the S3 bucket. Invoke the Lambda function when a .csv file is uploaded.

C. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for .csv files and image files in the S3 bucket. Transition the .csv files from S3 Standard to S3 Glacier 1 day after they are uploaded. Expire the image files after 30 days.

D. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for .csv files and image files in the S3 bucket. Transition the .csv files from S3 Standard to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) 1 day after they are uploaded. Expire the image files after 30 days.

E. Create S3 Lifecycle rules for .csv files and image files in the S3 bucket. Transition the .csv files from S3 Standard to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) 1 day after they are uploaded. Keep the image files in Reduced Redundancy Storage (RRS).






 

Suggested Answer: BC

Community Answer: BC

The following IAM policy is attached to an IAM group. This is the only policy applied to the group.
 
What are the effective IAM permissions of this policy for group members?

A. Group members are permitted any Amazon EC2 action within the us-east-1 Region. Statements after the Allow permission are not applied.

B. Group members are denied any Amazon EC2 permissions in the us-east-1 Region unless they are logged in with multi-factor authentication (MFA).

C. Group members are allowed the ec2:StopInstances and ec2:TerminateInstances permissions for all Regions when logged in with multi-factor authentication (MFA). Group members are permitted any other Amazon EC2 action.

D. Group members are allowed the ec2:StopInstances and ec2:TerminateInstances permissions for the us-east-1 Region only when logged in with multi-factor authentication (MFA). Group members are permitted any other Amazon EC2 action within the us-east-1 Region.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has developed a new video game as a web application. The application is in a three-tier architecture in a VPC with Amazon RDS for MySQL in the database layer. Several players will compete concurrently online. The game’s developers want to display a top-10 scoreboard in near-real time and offer the ability to stop and restore the game while preserving the current scores.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Set up an Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached cluster to cache the scores for the web application to display.

B. Set up an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cluster to compute and cache the scores for the web application to display.

C. Place an Amazon CloudFront distribution in front of the web application to cache the scoreboard in a section of the application.

D. Create a read replica on Amazon RDS for MySQL to run queries to compute the scoreboard and serve the read traffic to the web application.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is implementing a complex Java application with a MySQL database. The Java application must be deployed on Apache Tomcat and must be highly available.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy the application in AWS Lambda. Configure an Amazon API Gateway API to connect with the Lambda functions.

B. Deploy the application by using AWS Elastic Beanstalk. Configure a load-balanced environment and a rolling deployment policy.

C. Migrate the database to Amazon ElastiCache. Configure the ElastiCache security group to allow access from the application.

D. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance. Install a MySQL server on the EC2 instance. Configure the application on the server. Create an AMI. Use the AMI to create a launch template with an Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A rapidly growing global ecommerce company is hosting its web application on AWS. The web application includes static content and dynamic content. The website stores online transaction processing (OLTP) data in an Amazon RDS database The website’s users are experiencing slow page loads.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to resolve this issue? (Choose two.)

A. Configure an Amazon Redshift cluster.

B. Set up an Amazon CloudFront distribution.

C. Host the dynamic web content in Amazon S3.

D. Create a read replica for the RDS DB instance.

E. Configure a Multi-AZ deployment for the RDS DB instance.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BD

A company needs to store data from its healthcare application. The application’s data frequently changes. A new regulation requires audit access at all levels of the stored data.
The company hosts the application on an on-premises infrastructure that is running out of storage capacity. A solutions architect must securely migrate the existing data to AWS while satisfying the new regulation.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log data events.

B. Use AWS Snowcone to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log management events.

C. Use Amazon S3 Transfer Acceleration to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log data events.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway to move the existing data to Amazon S3. Use AWS CloudTrail to log management events.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect wants to use the following JSON text as an identity-based policy to grant specific permissions:
 
Which IAM principals can the solutions architect attach this policy to? (Choose two.)

A. Role

B. Group

C. Organization

D. Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) resource

E. Amazon EC2 resource






 

Suggested Answer: AB

Community Answer: AB

A company runs a highly available SFTP service. The SFTP service uses two Amazon EC2 Linux instances that run with elastic IP addresses to accept traffic from trusted IP sources on the internet. The SFTP service is backed by shared storage that is attached to the instances. User accounts are created and managed as Linux users in the SFTP servers.
The company wants a serverless option that provides high IOPS performance and highly configurable security. The company also wants to maintain control over user permissions.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an encrypted Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Create an AWS Transfer Family SFTP service with a public endpoint that allows only trusted IP addresses. Attach the EBS volume to the SFTP service endpoint. Grant users access to the SFTP service.

B. Create an encrypted Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume. Create an AWS Transfer Family SFTP service with elastic IP addresses and a VPC endpoint that has internet-facing access. Attach a security group to the endpoint that allows only trusted IP addresses. Attach the EFS volume to the SFTP service endpoint. Grant users access to the SFTP service.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with default encryption enabled. Create an AWS Transfer Family SFTP service with a public endpoint that allows only trusted IP addresses. Attach the S3 bucket to the SFTP service endpoint. Grant users access to the SFTP service.

D. Create an Amazon S3 bucket with default encryption enabled. Create an AWS Transfer Family SFTP service with a VPC endpoint that has internal access in a private subnet. Attach a security group that allows only trusted IP addresses. Attach the S3 bucket to the SFTP service endpoint. Grant users access to the SFTP service.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect needs to allow team members to access Amazon S3 buckets in two different AWS accounts: a development account and a production account. The team currently has access to S3 buckets in the development account by using unique IAM users that are assigned to an IAM group that has appropriate permissions in the account.
The solutions architect has created an IAM role in the production account. The role has a policy that grants access to an S3 bucket in the production account.
Which solution will meet these requirements while complying with the principle of least privilege?

A. Attach the Administrator Access policy to the development account users.

B. Add the development account as a principal in the trust policy of the role in the production account.

C. Turn off the S3 Block Public Access feature on the S3 bucket in the production account.

D. Create a user in the production account with unique credentials for each team member.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is storing petabytes of data in Amazon S3 Standard. The data is stored in multiple S3 buckets and is accessed with varying frequency. The company does not know access patterns for all the data. The company needs to implement a solution for each S3 bucket to optimize the cost of S3 usage.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the MOST operational efficiency?

A. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration with a rule to transition the objects in the S3 bucket to S3 Intelligent-Tiering.

B. Use the S3 storage class analysis tool to determine the correct tier for each object in the S3 bucket. Move each object to the identified storage tier.

C. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration with a rule to transition the objects in the S3 bucket to S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval.

D. Create an S3 Lifecycle configuration with a rule to transition the objects in the S3 bucket to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company uses Amazon EC2 instances and AWS Lambda functions to run its application. The company has VPCs with public subnets and private subnets in its AWS account. The EC2 instances run in a private subnet in one of the VPCs. The Lambda functions need direct network access to the EC2 instances for the application to work.
The application will run for at least 1 year. The company expects the number of Lambda functions that the application uses to increase during that time. The company wants to maximize its savings on all application resources and to keep network latency between the services low.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Purchase an EC2 Instance Savings Plan Optimize the Lambda functions’ duration and memory usage and the number of invocations. Connect the Lambda functions to the private subnet that contains the EC2 instances.

B. Purchase an EC2 Instance Savings Plan Optimize the Lambda functions' duration and memory usage, the number of invocations, and the amount of data that is transferred. Connect the Lambda functions to a public subnet in the same VPC where the EC2 instances run.

C. Purchase a Compute Savings Plan. Optimize the Lambda functions’ duration and memory usage, the number of invocations, and the amount of data that is transferred. Connect the Lambda functions to the private subnet that contains the EC2 instances.

D. Purchase a Compute Savings Plan. Optimize the Lambda functions’ duration and memory usage, the number of invocations, and the amount of data that is transferred. Keep the Lambda functions in the Lambda service VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is designing a containerized application that will use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). The application needs to access a shared file system that is highly durable and can recover data to another AWS Region with a recovery point objective (RPO) of 8 hours. The file system needs to provide a mount target m each Availability Zone within a Region.
A solutions architect wants to use AWS Backup to manage the replication to another Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Amazon FSx for Windows File Server with a Multi-AZ deployment

B. Amazon FSx for NetApp ONTAP with a Multi-AZ deployment

C. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with the Standard storage class

D. Amazon FSx for OpenZFS








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has multiple VPCs across AWS Regions to support and run workloads that are isolated from workloads in other Regions. Because of a recent application launch requirement, the company’s VPCs must communicate with all other VPCs across all Regions.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of administrative effort?

A. Use VPC peering to manage VPC communication in a single Region. Use VPC peering across Regions to manage VPC communications.

B. Use AWS Direct Connect gateways across all Regions to connect VPCs across regions and manage VPC communications.

C. Use AWS Transit Gateway to manage VPC communication in a single Region and Transit Gateway peering across Regions to manage VPC communications.

D. Use AWS PrivateLink across all Regions to connect VPCs across Regions and manage VPC communications








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a mobile chat application with a data store based in Amazon DynamoDB. Users would like new messages to be read with as little latency as possible. A solutions architect needs to design an optimal solution that requires minimal application changes.
Which method should the solutions architect select?

A. Configure Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) for the new messages table. Update the code to use the DAX endpoint.

B. Add DynamoDB read replicas to handle the increased read load. Update the application to point to the read endpoint for the read replicas.

C. Double the number of read capacity units for the new messages table in DynamoDB. Continue to use the existing DynamoDB endpoint.

D. Add an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cache to the application stack. Update the application to point to the Redis cache endpoint instead of DynamoDB.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has applications hosted on Amazon EC2 instances with IPv6 addresses. The applications must initiate communications with other external applications using the internet. However the company’s security policy states that any external service cannot initiate a connection to the EC2 instances.
What should a solutions architect recommend to resolve this issue?

A. Create a NAT gateway and make it the destination of the subnet's route table

B. Create an internet gateway and make it the destination of the subnet's route table

C. Create a virtual private gateway and make it the destination of the subnet's route table

D. Create an egress-only internet gateway and make it the destination of the subnet's route table








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company stores raw collected data in an Amazon S3 bucket. The data is used for several types of analytics on behalf of the company's customers. The type of analytics requested determines the access pattern on the S3 objects.
The company cannot predict or control the access pattern. The company wants to reduce its S3 costs.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use S3 replication to transition infrequently accessed objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)

B. Use S3 Lifecycle rules to transition objects from S3 Standard to Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)

C. Use S3 Lifecycle rules to transition objects from S3 Standard to S3 Intelligent-Tiering

D. Use S3 Inventory to identify and transition objects that have not been accessed from S3 Standard to S3 Intelligent-Tiering








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company hosts an online shopping application that stores all orders in an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Single-AZ DB instance. Management wants to eliminate single points of failure and has asked a solutions architect to recommend an approach to minimize database downtime without requiring any changes to the application code.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Convert the existing database instance to a Multi-AZ deployment by modifying the database instance and specifying the Multi-AZ option.

B. Create a new RDS Multi-AZ deployment. Take a snapshot of the current RDS instance and restore the new Multi-AZ deployment with the snapshot.

C. Create a read-only replica of the PostgreSQL database in another Availability Zone. Use Amazon Route 53 weighted record sets to distribute requests across the databases.

D. Place the RDS for PostgreSQL database in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with a minimum group size of two. Use Amazon Route 53 weighted record sets to distribute requests across instances.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An IoT company is releasing a mattress that has sensors to collect data about a user’s sleep. The sensors will send data to an Amazon S3 bucket. The sensors collect approximately 2 MB of data every night for each mattress. The company must process and summarize the data for each mattress. The results need to be available as soon as possible. Data processing will require 1 GB of memory and will finish within 30 seconds.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use AWS Glue with a Scala job

B. Use Amazon EMR with an Apache Spark script

C. Use AWS Lambda with a Python script

D. Use AWS Glue with a PySpark job








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has an application that processes customer orders. The company hosts the application on an Amazon EC2 instance that saves the orders to an Amazon Aurora database. Occasionally when traffic is high the workload does not process orders fast enough.
What should a solutions architect do to write the orders reliably to the database as quickly as possible?

A. Increase the instance size of the EC2 instance when traffic is high. Write orders to Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS). Subscribe the database endpoint to the SNS topic.

B. Write orders to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Use EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer to read from the SQS queue and process orders into the database.

C. Write orders to Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS). Subscribe the database endpoint to the SNS topic. Use EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer to read from the SNS topic.

D. Write orders to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue when the EC2 instance reaches CPU threshold limits. Use scheduled scaling of EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer to read from the SQS queue and process orders into the database.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is developing a mobile gaming app in a single AWS Region. The app runs on multiple Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group. The company stores the app data in Amazon DynamoDB. The app communicates by using TCP traffic and UDP traffic between the users and the servers. The application will be used globally. The company wants to ensure the lowest possible latency for all users.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Global Accelerator to create an accelerator. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) behind an accelerator endpoint that uses Global Accelerator integration and listening on the TCP and UDP ports. Update the Auto Scaling group to register instances on the ALB.

B. Use AWS Global Accelerator to create an accelerator. Create a Network Load Balancer (NLB) behind an accelerator endpoint that uses Global Accelerator integration and listening on the TCP and UDP ports. Update the Auto Scaling group to register instances on the NLB.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront content delivery network (CDN) endpoint. Create a Network Load Balancer (NLB) behind the endpoint and listening on the TCP and UDP ports. Update the Auto Scaling group to register instances on the NLB. Update CloudFront to use the NLB as the origin.

D. Create an Amazon CloudFront content delivery network (CDN) endpoint. Create an Application Load Balancer (ALB) behind the endpoint and listening on the TCP and UDP ports. Update the Auto Scaling group to register instances on the ALB. Update CloudFront to use the ALB as the origin.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect is designing a RESTAPI in Amazon API Gateway for a cash payback service. The application requires 1 GB of memory and 2 GB of storage for its computation resources. The application will require that the data is in a relational format.
Which additional combination ofAWS services will meet these requirements with the LEAST administrative effort? (Choose two.)

A. Amazon EC2

B. AWS Lambda

C. Amazon RDS

D. Amazon DynamoDB

E. Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Services (Amazon EKS)






 

Suggested Answer: BC

Community Answer: BC

A company uses AWS Organizations to run workloads within multiple AWS accounts. A tagging policy adds department tags to AWS resources when the company creates tags.
An accounting team needs to determine spending on Amazon EC2 consumption. The accounting team must determine which departments are responsible for the costs regardless ofAWS account. The accounting team has access to AWS Cost Explorer for all AWS accounts within the organization and needs to access all reports from Cost Explorer.
Which solution meets these requirements in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. From the Organizations management account billing console, activate a user-defined cost allocation tag named department. Create one cost report in Cost Explorer grouping by tag name, and filter by EC2.

B. From the Organizations management account billing console, activate an AWS-defined cost allocation tag named department. Create one cost report in Cost Explorer grouping by tag name, and filter by EC2.

C. From the Organizations member account billing console, activate a user-defined cost allocation tag named department. Create one cost report in Cost Explorer grouping by the tag name, and filter by EC2.

D. From the Organizations member account billing console, activate an AWS-defined cost allocation tag named department. Create one cost report in Cost Explorer grouping by tag name, and filter by EC2.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company wants to securely exchange data between its software as a service (SaaS) application Salesforce account and Amazon S3. The company must encrypt the data at rest by using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed keys (CMKs). The company must also encrypt the data in transit. The company has enabled API access for the Salesforce account.

A. Create AWS Lambda functions to transfer the data securely from Salesforce to Amazon S3.

B. Create an AWS Step Functions workflow. Define the task to transfer the data securely from Salesforce to Amazon S3.

C. Create Amazon AppFlow flows to transfer the data securely from Salesforce to Amazon S3.

D. Create a custom connector for Salesforce to transfer the data securely from Salesforce to Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company that uses AWS is building an application to transfer data to a product manufacturer. The company has its own identity provider (IdP). The company wants the IdP to authenticate application users while the users use the application to transfer data. The company must use Applicability Statement 2 (AS2) protocol.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to transfer the data. Create an AWS Lambda function for IdP authentication.

B. Use Amazon AppFlow flows to transfer the data. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) task for IdP authentication.

C. Use AWS Transfer Family to transfer the data. Create an AWS Lambda function for IdP authentication.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway to transfer the data. Create an Amazon Cognito identity pool for IdP authentication.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has resources across multiple AWS Regions and accounts. A newly hired solutions architect discovers a previous employee did not provide details about the resources inventory. The solutions architect needs to build and map the relationship details of the various workloads across all accounts.
Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. Use AWS Systems Manager Inventory to generate a map view from the detailed view report.

B. Use AWS Step Functions to collect workload details. Build architecture diagrams of the workloads manually.

C. Use Workload Discovery on AWS to generate architecture diagrams of the workloads.

D. Use AWS X-Ray to view the workload details. Build architecture diagrams with relationships.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company stores data in PDF format in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company must follow a legal requirement to retain all new and existing data in Amazon S3 for 7 years.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Turn on the S3 Versioning feature for the S3 bucket. Configure S3 Lifecycle to delete the data after 7 years. Configure multi-factor authentication (MFA) delete for all S3 objects.

B. Turn on S3 Object Lock with governance retention mode for the S3 bucket. Set the retention period to expire after 7 years. Recopy all existing objects to bring the existing data into compliance.

C. Turn on S3 Object Lock with compliance retention mode for the S3 bucket. Set the retention period to expire after 7 years. Recopy all existing objects to bring the existing data into compliance.

D. Turn on S3 Object Lock with compliance retention mode for the S3 bucket. Set the retention period to expire after 7 years. Use S3 Batch Operations to bring the existing data into compliance.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company runs its application on an Oracle database. The company plans to quickly migrate to AWS because of limited resources for the database, backup administration, and data center maintenance. The application uses third-party database features that require privileged access.
Which solution will help the company migrate the database to AWS MOST cost-effectively?

A. Migrate the database to Amazon RDS for Oracle. Replace third-party features with cloud services.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon RDS Custom for Oracle. Customize the database settings to support third-party features.

C. Migrate the database to an Amazon EC2 Amazon Machine Image (AMI) for Oracle. Customize the database settings to support third-party features.

D. Migrate the database to Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL by rewriting the application code to remove dependency on Oracle APEX.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company has a three-tier web application that is in a single server. The company wants to migrate the application to the AWS Cloud. The company also wants the application to align with the AWS Well-Architected Framework and to be consistent with AWS recommended best practices for security, scalability, and resiliency.
Which combination of solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose three.)

A. Create a VPC across two Availability Zones with the application's existing architecture. Host the application with existing architecture on an Amazon EC2 instance in a private subnet in each Availability Zone with EC2 Auto Scaling groups. Secure the EC2 instance with security groups and network access control lists (network ACLs).

B. Set up security groups and network access control lists (network ACLs) to control access to the database layer. Set up a single Amazon RDS database in a private subnet.

C. Create a VPC across two Availability Zones. Refactor the application to host the web tier, application tier, and database tier. Host each tier on its own private subnet with Auto Scaling groups for the web tier and application tier.

D. Use a single Amazon RDS database. Allow database access only from the application tier security group.

E. Use Elastic Load Balancers in front of the web tier. Control access by using security groups containing references to each layer's security groups.

F. Use an Amazon RDS database Multi-AZ cluster deployment in private subnets. Allow database access only from application tier security groups.




 

Suggested Answer: ACF

Community Answer: CEF

A company has hired a solutions architect to design a reliable architecture for its application. The application consists of one Amazon RDS DB instance and two manually provisioned Amazon EC2 instances that run web servers. The EC2 instances are located in a single Availability Zone.
An employee recently deleted the DB instance, and the application was unavailable for 24 hours as a result. The company is concerned with the overall reliability of its environment.
What should the solutions architect do to maximize reliability of the application's infrastructure?

A. Delete one EC2 instance and enable termination protection on the other EC2 instance. Update the DB instance to be Multi-AZ, and enable deletion protection.

B. Update the DB instance to be Multi-AZ, and enable deletion protection. Place the EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer, and run them in an EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones.

C. Create an additional DB instance along with an Amazon API Gateway and an AWS Lambda function. Configure the application to invoke the Lambda function through API Gateway. Have the Lambda function write the data to the two DB instances.

D. Place the EC2 instances in an EC2 Auto Scaling group that has multiple subnets located in multiple Availability Zones. Use Spot Instances instead of On-Demand Instances. Set up Amazon CloudWatch alarms to monitor the health of the instances Update the DB instance to be Multi-AZ, and enable deletion protection.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is storing 700 terabytes of data on a large network-attached storage (NAS) system in its corporate data center. The company has a hybrid environment with a 10 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection.
After an audit from a regulator, the company has 90 days to move the data to the cloud. The company needs to move the data efficiently and without disruption. The company still needs to be able to access and update the data during the transfer window.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an AWS DataSync agent in the corporate data center. Create a data transfer task Start the transfer to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Back up the data to AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized devices. Ship the devices to an AWS data center. Mount a target Amazon S3 bucket on the on-premises file system.

C. Use rsync to copy the data directly from local storage to a designated Amazon S3 bucket over the Direct Connect connection.

D. Back up the data on tapes. Ship the tapes to an AWS data center. Mount a target Amazon S3 bucket on the on-premises file system.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company hosts a multi-tier web application on Amazon Linux Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. The company observes that the Auto Scaling group launches more On-Demand Instances when the application's end users access high volumes of static web content. The company wants to optimize cost.
What should a solutions architect do to redesign the application MOST cost-effectively?

A. Update the Auto Scaling group to use Reserved Instances instead of On-Demand Instances.

B. Update the Auto Scaling group to scale by launching Spot Instances instead of On-Demand Instances.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution to host the static web contents from an Amazon S3 bucket.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function behind an Amazon API Gateway API to host the static website contents.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has Amazon EC2 instances that run nightly batch jobs to process data. The EC2 instances run in an Auto Scaling group that uses On-Demand billing. If a job fails on one instance, another instance will reprocess the job. The batch jobs run between 12:00 AM and 06:00 AM local time every day.
Which solution will provide EC2 instances to meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Purchase a 1-year Savings Plan for Amazon EC2 that covers the instance family of the Auto Scaling group that the batch job uses.

B. Purchase a 1-year Reserved Instance for the specific instance type and operating system of the instances in the Auto Scaling group that the batch job uses.

C. Create a new launch template for the Auto Scaling group. Set the instances to Spot Instances. Set a policy to scale out based on CPU usage.

D. Create a new launch template for the Auto Scaling group. Increase the instance size. Set a policy to scale out based on CPU usage.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs a website that uses a content management system (CMS) on Amazon EC2. The CMS runs on a single EC2 instance and uses an Amazon Aurora MySQL Multi-AZ DB instance for the data tier. Website images are stored on an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume that is mounted inside the EC2 instance.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to improve the performance and resilience of the website? (Choose two.)

A. Move the website images into an Amazon S3 bucket that is mounted on every EC2 instance

B. Share the website images by using an NFS share from the primary EC2 instance. Mount this share on the other EC2 instances.

C. Move the website images onto an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system that is mounted on every EC2 instance.

D. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the existing EC2 instance. Use the AMI to provision new instances behind an Application Load Balancer as part of an Auto Scaling group. Configure the Auto Scaling group to maintain a minimum of two instances. Configure an accelerator in AWS Global Accelerator for the website

E. Create an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the existing EC2 instance. Use the AMI to provision new instances behind an Application Load Balancer as part of an Auto Scaling group. Configure the Auto Scaling group to maintain a minimum of two instances. Configure an Amazon CloudFront distribution for the website.






 

Suggested Answer: DE

Community Answer: CE

A company provides an API interface to customers so the customers can retrieve their financial information. Еhe company expects a larger number of requests during peak usage times of the year.
The company requires the API to respond consistently with low latency to ensure customer satisfaction. The company needs to provide a compute host for the API.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use an Application Load Balancer and Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS).

B. Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda functions with provisioned concurrency.

C. Use an Application Load Balancer and an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) cluster.

D. Use Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda functions with reserved concurrency.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a web application for travel ticketing. The application is based on a database that runs in a single data center in North America. The company wants to expand the application to serve a global user base. The company needs to deploy the application to multiple AWS Regions. Average latency must be less than 1 second on updates to the reservation database.
The company wants to have separate deployments of its web platform across multiple Regions. However, the company must maintain a single primary reservation database that is globally consistent.
Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Convert the application to use Amazon DynamoDB. Use a global table for the center reservation table. Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment.

B. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora MySQL database. Deploy Aurora Read Replicas in each Region. Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment for access to the database.

C. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS for MySQL database. Deploy MySQL read replicas in each Region. Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment for access to the database.

D. Migrate the application to an Amazon Aurora Serverless database. Deploy instances of the database to each Region. Use the correct Regional endpoint in each Regional deployment to access the database. Use AWS Lambda functions to process event streams in each Region to synchronize the databases.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company needs to minimize the cost of its 1 Gbps AWS Direct Connect connection. The company's average connection utilization is less than 10%. A solutions architect must recommend a solution that will reduce the cost without compromising security.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Set up a new 1 Gbps Direct Connect connection. Share the connection with another AWS account.

B. Set up a new 200 Mbps Direct Connect connection in the AWS Management Console.

C. Contact an AWS Direct Connect Partner to order a 1 Gbps connection. Share the connection with another AWS account.

D. Contact an AWS Direct Connect Partner to order a 200 Mbps hosted connection for an existing AWS account.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: D

A company wants to ingest customer payment data into the company's data lake in Amazon S3. The company receives payment data every minute on average. The company wants to analyze the payment data in real time. Then the company wants to ingest the data into the data lake.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the MOST operational efficiency?

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to ingest data. Use AWS Lambda to analyze the data in real time.

B. Use AWS Glue to ingest data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics to analyze the data in real time.

C. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to ingest data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics to analyze the data in real time.

D. Use Amazon API Gateway to ingest data. Use AWS Lambda to analyze the data in real time.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company uses Amazon S3 to store high-resolution pictures in an S3 bucket. To minimize application changes, the company stores the pictures as the latest version of an S3 object. The company needs to retain only the two most recent versions of the pictures.
The company wants to reduce costs. The company has identified the S3 bucket as a large expense.
Which solution will reduce the S3 costs with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use S3 Lifecycle to delete expired object versions and retain the two most recent versions.

B. Use an AWS Lambda function to check for older versions and delete all but the two most recent versions.

C. Use S3 Batch Operations to delete noncurrent object versions and retain only the two most recent versions.

D. Deactivate versioning on the S3 bucket and retain the two most recent versions.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to use artificial intelligence (AI) to determine the quality of its customer service calls. The company currently manages calls in four different languages, including English. The company will offer new languages in the future. The company does not have the resources to regularly maintain machine learning (ML) models.
The company needs to create written sentiment analysis reports from the customer service call recordings. The customer service call recording text must be translated into English.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose three.)

A. Use Amazon Comprehend to translate the audio recordings into English.

B. Use Amazon Lex to create the written sentiment analysis reports.

C. Use Amazon Polly to convert the audio recordings into text.

D. Use Amazon Transcribe to convert the audio recordings in any language into text.

E. Use Amazon Translate to translate text in any language to English.

F. Use Amazon Comprehend to create the sentiment analysis reports.




 

Suggested Answer: DEF

Community Answer: DEF

A company uses Amazon EC2 instances to host its internal systems. As part of a deployment operation, an administrator tries to use the AWS CLI to terminate an EC2 instance. However, the administrator receives a 403 (Access Denied) error message.
The administrator is using an IAM role that has the following IAM policy attached:
 
What is the cause of the unsuccessful request?

A. The EC2 instance has a resource-based policy with a Deny statement.

B. The principal has not been specified in the policy statement.

C. The "Action" field does not grant the actions that are required to terminate the EC2 instance.

D. The request to terminate the EC2 instance does not originate from the CIDR blocks 192.0.2.0/24 or 203.0.113.0/24.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A 4-year-old media company is using the AWS Organizations all features feature set to organize its AWS accounts. According to the company's finance team, the billing information on the member accounts must not be accessible to anyone, including the root user of the member accounts.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Add all finance team users to an IAM group. Attach an AWS managed policy named Billing to the group.

B. Attach an identity-based policy to deny access to the billing information to all users, including the root user.

C. Create a service control policy (SCP) to deny access to the billing information. Attach the SCP to the root organizational unit (OU).

D. Convert from the Organizations all features feature set to the Organizations consolidated billing feature set.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A gaming company uses Amazon DynamoDB to store user information such as geographic location, player data, and leaderboards. The company needs to configure continuous backups to an Amazon S3 bucket with a minimal amount of coding. The backups must not affect availability of the application and must not affect the read capacity units (RCUs) that are defined for the table.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use an Amazon EMR cluster. Create an Apache Hive job to back up the data to Amazon S3.

B. Export the data directly from DynamoDB to Amazon S3 with continuous backups. Turn on point-in-time recovery for the table.

C. Configure Amazon DynamoDB Streams. Create an AWS Lambda function to consume the stream and export the data to an Amazon S3 bucket.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function to export the data from the database tables to Amazon S3 on a regular basis. Turn on point-in-time recovery for the table.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is building a three-tier application on AWS. The presentation tier will serve a static website The logic tier is a containerized application. This application will store data in a relational database. The company wants to simplify deployment and to reduce operational costs.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon S3 to host static content. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with AWS Fargate for compute power. Use a managed Amazon RDS cluster for the database.

B. Use Amazon CloudFront to host static content. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) with Amazon EC2 for compute power. Use a managed Amazon RDS cluster for the database.

C. Use Amazon S3 to host static content. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with AWS Fargate for compute power. Use a managed Amazon RDS cluster for the database.

D. Use Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances to host static content. Use Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with Amazon EC2 for compute power. Use a managed Amazon RDS cluster for the database.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is looking for a solution that can store video archives in AWS from old news footage. The company needs to minimize costs and will rarely need to restore these files. When the files are needed, they must be available in a maximum of five minutes.
What is the MOST cost-effective solution?

A. Store the video archives in Amazon S3 Glacier and use Expedited retrievals.

B. Store the video archives in Amazon S3 Glacier and use Standard retrievals.

C. Store the video archives in Amazon S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA).

D. Store the video archives in Amazon S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA).








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company containerized a Windows job that runs on .NET 6 Framework under a Windows container. The company wants to run this job in the AWS Cloud. The job runs every 10 minutes. The job’s runtime varies between 1 minute and 3 minutes.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function based on the container image of the job. Configure Amazon EventBridge to invoke the function every 10 minutes.

B. Use AWS Batch to create a job that uses AWS Fargate resources. Configure the job scheduling to run every 10 minutes.

C. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on AWS Fargate to run the job. Create a scheduled task based on the container image of the job to run every 10 minutes.

D. Use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) on AWS Fargate to run the job. Create a standalone task based on the container image of the job. Use Windows task scheduler to run the job every10 minutes.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A business application is hosted on Amazon EC2 and uses Amazon S3 for encrypted object storage. The chief information security officer has directed that no application traffic between the two services should traverse the public internet.
Which capability should the solutions architect use to meet the compliance requirements?

A. AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS)

B. VPC endpoint

C. Private subnet

D. Virtual private gateway








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to migrate 100 GB of historical data from an on-premises location to an Amazon S3 bucket. The company has a 100 megabits per second (Mbps) internet connection on premises. The company needs to encrypt the data in transit to the S3 bucket. The company will store new data directly in Amazon S3.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use the s3 sync command in the AWS CLI to move the data directly to an S3 bucket

B. Use AWS DataSync to migrate the data from the on-premises location to an S3 bucket

C. Use AWS Snowball to move the data to an S3 bucket

D. Set up an IPsec VPN from the on-premises location to AWS. Use the s3 cp command in the AWS CLI to move the data directly to an S3 bucket








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A group requires permissions to list an Amazon S3 bucket and delete objects from that bucket. An administrator has created the following IAM policy to provide access to the bucket and applied that policy to the group. The group is not able to delete objects in the bucket. The company follows least-privilege access rules.
 
Which statement should a solutions architect add to the policy to correct bucket access?

A. 
      

B. 
      

C. 
      

D. 
      








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company is making a prototype of the infrastructure for its new website by manually provisioning the necessary infrastructure. This infrastructure includes an Auto Scaling group, an Application Load Balancer and an Amazon RDS database. After the configuration has been thoroughly validated, the company wants the capability to immediately deploy the infrastructure for development and production use in two Availability Zones in an automated fashion.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Systems Manager to replicate and provision the prototype infrastructure in two Availability Zones

B. Define the infrastructure as a template by using the prototype infrastructure as a guide. Deploy the infrastructure with AWS CloudFormation.

C. Use AWS Config to record the inventory of resources that are used in the prototype infrastructure. Use AWS Config to deploy the prototype infrastructure into two Availability Zones.

D. Use AWS Elastic Beanstalk and configure it to use an automated reference to the prototype infrastructure to automatically deploy new environments in two Availability Zones.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A global marketing company has applications that run in the ap-southeast-2 Region and the eu-west-1 Region. Applications that run in a VPC in eu-west-1 need to communicate securely with databases that run in a VPC in ap-southeast-2.
Which network design will meet these requirements?

A. Create a VPC peering connection between the eu-west-1 VPC and the ap-southeast-2 VPC. Create an inbound rule in the eu-west-1 application security group that allows traffic from the database server IP addresses in the ap-southeast-2 security group.

B. Configure a VPC peering connection between the ap-southeast-2 VPC and the eu-west-1 VPC. Update the subnet route tables. Create an inbound rule in the ap-southeast-2 database security group that references the security group ID of the application servers in eu-west-1.

C. Configure a VPC peering connection between the ap-southeast-2 VPC and the eu-west-1 VPUpdate the subnet route tables. Create an inbound rule in the ap-southeast-2 database security group that allows traffic from the eu-west-1 application server IP addresses.

D. Create a transit gateway with a peering attachment between the eu-west-1 VPC and the ap-southeast-2 VPC. After the transit gateways are properly peered and routing is configured, create an inbound rule in the database security group that references the security group ID of the application servers in eu-west-1.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company is expecting rapid growth in the near future. A solutions architect needs to configure existing users and grant permissions to new users on AWS. The solutions architect has decided to create IAM groups. The solutions architect will add the new users to IAM groups based on department.
Which additional action is the MOST secure way to grant permissions to the new users?

A. Apply service control policies (SCPs) to manage access permissions

B. Create IAM roles that have least privilege permission. Attach the roles to the IAM groups

C. Create an IAM policy that grants least privilege permission. Attach the policy to the IAM groups

D. Create IAM roles. Associate the roles with a permissions boundary that defines the maximum permissions








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A retail company uses a regional Amazon API Gateway API for its public REST APIs. The API Gateway endpoint is a custom domain name that points to an Amazon Route 53 alias record. A solutions architect needs to create a solution that has minimal effects on customers and minimal data loss to release the new version of APIs.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a canary release deployment stage for API Gateway. Deploy the latest API version. Point an appropriate percentage of traffic to the canary stage. After API verification, promote the canary stage to the production stage.

B. Create a new API Gateway endpoint with a new version of the API in OpenAPI YAML file format. Use the import-to-update operation in merge mode into the API in API Gateway. Deploy the new version of the API to the production stage.

C. Create a new API Gateway endpoint with a new version of the API in OpenAPI JSON file format. Use the import-to-update operation in overwrite mode into the API in API Gateway. Deploy the new version of the API to the production stage.

D. Create a new API Gateway endpoint with new versions of the API definitions. Create a custom domain name for the new API Gateway API. Point the Route 53 alias record to the new API Gateway API custom domain name.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company runs Amazon EC2 instances in multiple AWS accounts that are individually bled. The company recently purchased a Savings Pian. Because of changes in the company’s business requirements, the company has decommissioned a large number of EC2 instances. The company wants to use its Savings Plan discounts on its other AWS accounts.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. From the AWS Account Management Console of the management account, turn on discount sharing from the billing preferences section.

B. From the AWS Account Management Console of the account that purchased the existing Savings Plan, turn on discount sharing from the billing preferences section. Include all accounts.

C. From the AWS Organizations management account, use AWS Resource Access Manager (AWS RAM) to share the Savings Plan with other accounts.

D. Create an organization in AWS Organizations in a new payer account. Invite the other AWS accounts to join the organization from the management account.

E. Create an organization in AWS Organizations in the existing AWS account with the existing EC2 instances and Savings Plan. Invite the other AWS accounts to join the organization from the management account.






 

Suggested Answer: AE

Community Answer: AD

A global video streaming company uses Amazon CloudFront as a content distribution network (CDN). The company wants to roll out content in a phased manner across multiple countries. The company needs to ensure that viewers who are outside the countries to which the company rolls out content are not able to view the content.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Add geographic restrictions to the content in CloudFront by using an allow list. Set up a custom error message.

B. Set up a new URL tor restricted content. Authorize access by using a signed URL and cookies. Set up a custom error message.

C. Encrypt the data for the content that the company distributes. Set up a custom error message.

D. Create a new URL for restricted content. Set up a time-restricted access policy for signed URLs.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to build a web application on AWS. Client access requests to the website are not predictable and can be idle for a long time. Only customers who have paid a subscription fee can have the ability to sign in and use the web application.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively? (Choose three.)

A. Create an AWS Lambda function to retrieve user information from Amazon DynamoDB. Create an Amazon API Gateway endpoint to accept RESTful APIs. Send the API calls to the Lambda function.

B. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) service behind an Application Load Balancer to retrieve user information from Amazon RDS. Create an Amazon API Gateway endpoint to accept RESTful APIs. Send the API calls to the Lambda function.

C. Create an Amazon Cognito user pool to authenticate users.

D. Create an Amazon Cognito identity pool to authenticate users.

E. Use AWS Amplify to serve the frontend web content with HTML, CSS, and JS. Use an integrated Amazon CloudFront configuration.

F. Use Amazon S3 static web hosting with PHP, CSS, and JS. Use Amazon CloudFront to serve the frontend web content.




 

Suggested Answer: ACE

Community Answer: ACE

A media company uses an Amazon CloudFront distribution to deliver content over the internet. The company wants only premium customers to have access to the media streams and file content. The company stores all content in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company also delivers content on demand to customers for a specific purpose, such as movie rentals or music downloads.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Generate and provide S3 signed cookies to premium customers.

B. Generate and provide CloudFront signed URLs to premium customers.

C. Use origin access control (OAC) to limit the access of non-premium customers.

D. Generate and activate field-level encryption to block non-premium customers.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs a three-tier web application in the AWS Cloud that operates across three Availability Zones. The application architecture has an Application Load Balancer, an Amazon EC2 web server that hosts user session states, and a MySQL database that runs on an EC2 instance. The company expects sudden increases in application traffic. The company wants to be able to scale to meet future application capacity demands and to ensure high availability across all three Availability Zones.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the MySQL database to Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Multi-AZ DB cluster deployment. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis with high availability to store session data and to cache reads. Migrate the web server to an Auto Scaling group that is in three Availability Zones.

B. Migrate the MySQL database to Amazon RDS for MySQL with a Multi-AZ DB cluster deployment. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached with high availability to store session data and to cache reads. Migrate the web server to an Auto Scaling group that is in three Availability Zones.

C. Migrate the MySQL database to Amazon DynamoDB Use DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) to cache reads. Store the session data in DynamoDB. Migrate the web server to an Auto Scaling group that is in three Availability Zones.

D. Migrate the MySQL database to Amazon RDS for MySQL in a single Availability Zone. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis with high availability to store session data and to cache reads. Migrate the web server to an Auto Scaling group that is in three Availability Zones.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company is building an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) cluster for its workloads. All secrets that are stored in Amazon EKS must be encrypted in the Kubernetes etcd key-value store.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create a new AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key. Use AWS Secrets Manager to manage, rotate, and store all secrets in Amazon EKS.

B. Create a new AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key. Enable Amazon EKS KMS secrets encryption on the Amazon EKS cluster.

C. Create the Amazon EKS cluster with default options. Use the Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Container Storage Interface (CSI) driver as an add-on.

D. Create a new AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) key with the alias/aws/ebs alias. Enable default Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume encryption for the account.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company wants to build a logging solution for its multiple AWS accounts. The company currently stores the logs from all accounts in a centralized account. The company has created an Amazon S3 bucket in the centralized account to store the VPC flow logs and AWS CloudTrail logs. All logs must be highly available for 30 days for frequent analysis, retained for an additional 60 days for backup purposes, and deleted 90 days after creation.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Transition objects to the S3 Standard storage class 30 days after creation. Write an expiration action that directs Amazon S3 to delete objects after 90 days.

B. Transition objects to the S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) storage class 30 days after creation. Move all objects to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class after 90 days. Write an expiration action that directs Amazon S3 to delete objects after 90 days.

C. Transition objects to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class 30 days after creation. Write an expiration action that directs Amazon S3 to delete objects after 90 days.

D. Transition objects to the S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) storage class 30 days after creation. Move all objects to the S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval storage class after 90 days. Write an expiration action that directs Amazon S3 to delete objects after 90 days.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company runs a microservice-based serverless web application. The application must be able to retrieve data from multiple Amazon DynamoDB tables A solutions architect needs to give the application the ability to retrieve the data with no impact on the baseline performance of the application.
Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. AWS AppSync pipeline resolvers

B. Amazon CloudFront with Lambda@Edge functions

C. Edge-optimized Amazon API Gateway with AWS Lambda functions

D. Amazon Athena Federated Query with a DynamoDB connector








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company stores data in Amazon S3. According to regulations, the data must not contain personally identifiable information (PII). The company recently discovered that S3 buckets have some objects that contain PII. The company needs to automatically detect PII in S3 buckets and to notify the company’s security team.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Macie. Create an Amazon EventBridge rule to filter the SensitiveData event type from Macie findings and to send an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification to the security team.

B. Use Amazon GuardDuty. Create an Amazon EventBridge rule to filter the CRITICAL event type from GuardDuty findings and to send an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notification to the security team.

C. Use Amazon Macie. Create an Amazon EventBridge rule to filter the SensitiveData:S3Object/Personal event type from Macie findings and to send an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) notification to the security team.

D. Use Amazon GuardDuty. Create an Amazon EventBridge rule to filter the CRITICAL event type from GuardDuty findings and to send an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) notification to the security team.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company needs to integrate with a third-party data feed. The data feed sends a webhook to notify an external service when new data is ready for consumption. A developer wrote an AWS Lambda function to retrieve data when the company receives a webhook callback. The developer must make the Lambda function available for the third party to call.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the MOST operational efficiency?

A. Create a function URL for the Lambda function. Provide the Lambda function URL to the third party for the webhook.

B. Deploy an Application Load Balancer (ALB) in front of the Lambda function. Provide the ALB URL to the third party for the webhook.

C. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Attach the topic to the Lambda function. Provide the public hostname of the SNS topic to the third party for the webhook.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Attach the queue to the Lambda function. Provide the public hostname of the SQS queue to the third party for the webhook.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A consulting company provides professional services to customers worldwide. The company provides solutions and tools for customers to expedite gathering and analyzing data on AWS. The company needs to centrally manage and deploy a common set of solutions and tools for customers to use for self-service purposes.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create AWS CloudFormation templates for the customers.

B. Create AWS Service Catalog products for the customers.

C. Create AWS Systems Manager templates for the customers.

D. Create AWS Config items for the customers.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs container applications by using Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). The company's workload is not consistent throughout the day. The company wants Amazon EKS to scale in and out according to the workload.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead? (Choose two.)

A. Use an AWS Lambda function to resize the EKS cluster.

B. Use the Kubernetes Metrics Server to activate horizontal pod autoscaling.

C. Use the Kubernetes Cluster Autoscaler to manage the number of nodes in the cluster.

D. Use Amazon API Gateway and connect it to Amazon EKS.

E. Use AWS App Mesh to observe network activity.






 

Suggested Answer: BC

Community Answer: BC

A company wants to send all AWS Systems Manager Session Manager logs to an Amazon S3 bucket for archival purposes.
Which solution will meet this requirement with the MOST operational efficiency?

A. Enable S3 logging in the Systems Manager console. Choose an S3 bucket to send the session data to.

B. Install the Amazon CloudWatch agent. Push all logs to a CloudWatch log group. Export the logs to an S3 bucket from the group for archival purposes.

C. Create a Systems Manager document to upload all server logs to a central S3 bucket. Use Amazon EventBridge to run the Systems Manager document against all servers that are in the account daily.

D. Install an Amazon CloudWatch agent. Push all logs to a CloudWatch log group. Create a CloudWatch logs subscription that pushes any incoming log events to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. Set Amazon S3 as the destination.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company is designing a new web application that will run on Amazon EC2 Instances. The application will use Amazon DynamoDB for backend data storage. The application traffic will be unpredictable. The company expects that the application read and write throughput to the database will be moderate to high. The company needs to scale in response to application traffic.
Which DynamoDB table configuration will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure DynamoDB with provisioned read and write by using the DynamoDB Standard table class. Set DynamoDB auto scaling to a maximum defined capacity.

B. Configure DynamoDB in on-demand mode by using the DynamoDB Standard table class.

C. Configure DynamoDB with provisioned read and write by using the DynamoDB Standard Infrequent Access (DynamoDB Standard-IA) table class. Set DynamoDB auto scaling to a maximum defined capacity.

D. Configure DynamoDB in on-demand mode by using the DynamoDB Standard Infrequent Access (DynamoDB Standard-IA) table class.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

An application uses an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. The RDS database is becoming low on disk space. A solutions architect wants to increase the disk space without downtime.
Which solution meets these requirements with the LEAST amount of effort?

A. Enable storage autoscaling in RDS

B. Increase the RDS database instance size

C. Change the RDS database instance storage type to Provisioned IOPS

D. Back up the RDS database, increase the storage capacity, restore the database, and stop the previous instance








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is running a microservices application on Amazon EC2 instances. The company wants to migrate the application to an Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) cluster for scalability. The company must configure the Amazon EKS control plane with endpoint private access set to true and endpoint public access set to false to maintain security compliance. The company must also put the data plane in private subnets. However, the company has received error notifications because the node cannot join the cluster.
Which solution will allow the node to join the cluster?

A. Grant the required permission in AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to the AmazonEKSNodeRole IAM role.

B. Create interface VPC endpoints to allow nodes to access the control plane.

C. Recreate nodes in the public subnet. Restrict security groups for EC2 nodes.

D. Allow outbound traffic in the security group of the nodes.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses AWS Organizations with resources tagged by account. The company also uses AWS Backup to back up its AWS infrastructure resources. The company needs to back up all AWS resources.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Config to identify all untagged resources. Tag the identified resources programmatically. Use tags in the backup plan.

B. Use AWS Config to identify all resources that are not running. Add those resources to the backup vault.

C. Require all AWS account owners to review their resources to identify the resources that need to be backed up.

D. Use Amazon Inspector to identify all noncompliant resources.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is developing software that uses a PostgreSQL database schema. The company needs to configure multiple development environments and databases for the company's developers. On average, each development environment is used for half of the 8-hour workday.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure each development environment with its own Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL database

B. Configure each development environment with its own Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL Single-AZ DB instances

C. Configure each development environment with its own Amazon Aurora On-Demand PostgreSQL-Compatible database

D. Configure each development environment with its own Amazon S3 bucket by using Amazon S3 Object Select








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: C

A company is migrating an on-premises application to AWS. The company wants to use Amazon Redshift as a solution.
Which use cases are suitable for Amazon Redshift in this scenario? (Choose three.)

A. Supporting data APIs to access data with traditional, containerized, and event-driven applications

B. Supporting client-side and server-side encryption

C. Building analytics workloads during specified hours and when the application is not active

D. Caching data to reduce the pressure on the backend database

E. Scaling globally to support petabytes of data and tens of millions of requests per minute

F. Creating a secondary replica of the cluster by using the AWS Management Console




 

Suggested Answer: BCE

Community Answer: BCE

A solutions architect is creating a data processing job that runs once daily and can take up to 2 hours to complete. If the job is interrupted, it has to restart from the beginning.
How should the solutions architect address this issue in the MOST cost-effective manner?

A. Create a script that runs locally on an Amazon EC2 Reserved Instance that is triggered by a cron job.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function triggered by an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event.

C. Use an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) Fargate task triggered by an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event.

D. Use an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) task running on Amazon EC2 triggered by an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company uses Amazon API Gateway to manage its REST APIs that third-party service providers access. The company must protect the REST APIs from SQL injection and cross-site scripting attacks.
What is the MOST operationally efficient solution that meets these requirements?

A. Configure AWS Shield.

B. Configure AWS WAF.

C. Set up API Gateway with an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Configure AWS Shield in CloudFront.

D. Set up API Gateway with an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Configure AWS WAF in CloudFront.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company performs tests on an application that uses an Amazon DynamoDB table. The tests run for 4 hours once a week. The company knows how many read and write operations the application performs to the table each second during the tests. The company does not currently use DynamoDB for any other use case. A solutions architect needs to optimize the costs for the table.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Choose on-demand mode. Update the read and write capacity units appropriately.

B. Choose provisioned mode. Update the read and write capacity units appropriately.

C. Purchase DynamoDB reserved capacity for a 1-year term.

D. Purchase DynamoDB reserved capacity for a 3-year term.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company is creating a new web application for its subscribers. The application will consist of a static single page and a persistent database layer. The application will have millions of users for 4 hours in the morning, but the application will have only a few thousand users during the rest of the day. The company's data architects have requested the ability to rapidly evolve their schema.
Which solutions will meet these requirements and provide the MOST scalability? (Choose two.)

A. Deploy Amazon DynamoDB as the database solution. Provision on-demand capacity.

B. Deploy Amazon Aurora as the database solution. Choose the serverless DB engine mode.

C. Deploy Amazon DynamoDB as the database solution. Ensure that DynamoDB auto scaling is enabled.

D. Deploy the static content into an Amazon S3 bucket. Provision an Amazon CloudFront distribution with the S3 bucket as the origin.

E. Deploy the web servers for static content across a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances in Auto Scaling groups. Configure the instances to periodically refresh the content from an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volume.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: AD

A company is designing a solution to capture customer activity in different web applications to process analytics and make predictions. Customer activity in the web applications is unpredictable and can increase suddenly. The company requires a solution that integrates with other web applications. The solution must include an authorization step for security purposes.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure a Gateway Load Balancer (GWLB) in front of an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container instance that stores the information that the company receives in an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Authorization is resolved at the GWLB.

B. Configure an Amazon API Gateway endpoint in front of an Amazon Kinesis data stream that stores the information that the company receives in an Amazon S3 bucket. Use an AWS Lambda function to resolve authorization.

C. Configure an Amazon API Gateway endpoint in front of an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose that stores the information that the company receives in an Amazon S3 bucket. Use an API Gateway Lambda authorizer to resolve authorization.

D. Configure a Gateway Load Balancer (GWLB) in front of an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) container instance that stores the information that the company receives on an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Use an AWS Lambda function to resolve authorization.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company has deployed its newest product on AWS. The product runs in an Auto Scaling group behind a Network Load Balancer. The company stores the product’s objects in an Amazon S3 bucket.
The company recently experienced malicious attacks against its systems. The company needs a solution that continuously monitors for malicious activity in the AWS account, workloads, and access patterns to the S3 bucket. The solution must also report suspicious activity and display the information on a dashboard.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure Amazon Macie to monitor and report findings to AWS Config.

B. Configure Amazon Inspector to monitor and report findings to AWS CloudTrail.

C. Configure Amazon GuardDuty to monitor and report findings to AWS Security Hub.

D. Configure AWS Config to monitor and report findings to Amazon EventBridge.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company is building a RESTful serverless web application on AWS by using Amazon API Gateway and AWS Lambda. The users of this web application will be geographically distributed, and the company wants to reduce the latency of API requests to these users.
Which type of endpoint should a solutions architect use to meet these requirements?

A. Private endpoint

B. Regional endpoint

C. Interface VPC endpoint

D. Edge-optimized endpoint








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has several on-premises Internet Small Computer Systems Interface (ISCSI) network storage servers. The company wants to reduce the number of these servers by moving to the AWS Cloud. A solutions architect must provide low-latency access to frequently used data and reduce the dependency on on-premises servers with a minimal number of infrastructure changes.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Deploy an Amazon S3 File Gateway.

B. Deploy Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) storage with backups to Amazon S3.

C. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway that is configured with stored volumes.

D. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway that is configured with cached volumes.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: D

A company is creating a REST API. The company has strict requirements for the use of TLS. The company requires TLSv1.3 on the API endpoints. The company also requires a specific public third-party certificate authority (CA) to sign the TLS certificate.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use a local machine to create a certificate that is signed by the third-party CImport the certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Create an HTTP API in Amazon API Gateway with a custom domain. Configure the custom domain to use the certificate.

B. Create a certificate in AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) that is signed by the third-party CA. Create an HTTP API in Amazon API Gateway with a custom domain. Configure the custom domain to use the certificate.

C. Use AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) to create a certificate that is signed by the third-party CA. Import the certificate into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM). Create an AWS Lambda function with a Lambda function URL. Configure the Lambda function URL to use the certificate.

D. Create a certificate in AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) that is signed by the third-party CA. Create an AWS Lambda function with a Lambda function URL. Configure the Lambda function URL to use the certificate.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An Amazon EventBridge rule targets a third-party API. The third-party API has not received any incoming traffic. A solutions architect needs to determine whether the rule conditions are being met and if the rule's target is being invoked.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Check for metrics in Amazon CloudWatch in the namespace for AWS/Events.

B. Review events in the Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) dead-letter queue.

C. Check for the events in Amazon CloudWatch Logs.

D. Check the trails in AWS CloudTrail for the EventBridge events.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company maintains an Amazon RDS database that maps users to cost centers. The company has accounts in an organization in AWS Organizations. The company needs a solution that will tag all resources that are created in a specific AWS account in the organization. The solution must tag each resource with the cost center ID of the user who created the resource.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Move the specific AWS account to a new organizational unit (OU) in Organizations from the management account. Create a service control policy (SCP) that requires all existing resources to have the correct cost center tag before the resources are created. Apply the SCP to the new OU.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function to tag the resources after the Lambda function looks up the appropriate cost center from the RDS database. Configure an Amazon EventBridge rule that reacts to AWS CloudTrail events to invoke the Lambda function.

C. Create an AWS CloudFormation stack to deploy an AWS Lambda function. Configure the Lambda function to look up the appropriate cost center from the RDS database and to tag resources. Create an Amazon EventBridge scheduled rule to invoke the CloudFormation stack.

D. Create an AWS Lambda function to tag the resources with a default value. Configure an Amazon EventBridge rule that reacts to AWS CloudTrail events to invoke the Lambda function when a resource is missing the cost center tag.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company runs a web application on Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group that has a target group. The company designed the application to work with session affinity (sticky sessions) for a better user experience.
The application must be available publicly over the internet as an endpoint. A WAF must be applied to the endpoint for additional security. Session affinity (sticky sessions) must be configured on the endpoint.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Create a public Network Load Balancer. Specify the application target group.

B. Create a Gateway Load Balancer. Specify the application target group.

C. Create a public Application Load Balancer. Specify the application target group.

D. Create a second target group. Add Elastic IP addresses to the EC2 instances.

E. Create a web ACL in AWS WAF. Associate the web ACL with the endpoint






 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: CE

A company runs its applications on Amazon EC2 instances. The company performs periodic financial assessments of its AWS costs. The company recently identified unusual spending.
The company needs a solution to prevent unusual spending. The solution must monitor costs and notify responsible stakeholders in the event of unusual spending.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use an AWS Budgets template to create a zero spend budget.

B. Create an AWS Cost Anomaly Detection monitor in the AWS Billing and Cost Management console.

C. Create AWS Pricing Calculator estimates for the current running workload pricing details.

D. Use Amazon CloudWatch to monitor costs and to identify unusual spending.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A company has an on-premises MySQL database that handles transactional data. The company is migrating the database to the AWS Cloud. The migrated database must maintain compatibility with the company's applications that use the database. The migrated database also must scale automatically during periods of increased demand.
Which migration solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use native MySQL tools to migrate the database to Amazon RDS for MySQL. Configure elastic storage scaling.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon Redshift by using the mysqldump utility. Turn on Auto Scaling for the Amazon Redshift cluster.

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database to Amazon Aurora. Turn on Aurora Auto Scaling.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to migrate the database to Amazon DynamoDB. Configure an Auto Scaling policy.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has two VPCs that are located in the us-west-2 Region within the same AWS account. The company needs to allow network traffic between these VPCs. Approximately 500 GB of data transfer will occur between the VPCs each month.
What is the MOST cost-effective solution to connect these VPCs?

A. Implement AWS Transit Gateway to connect the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the transit gateway for inter-VPC communication.

B. Implement an AWS Site-to-Site VPN tunnel between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the VPN tunnel for inter-VPC communication.

C. Set up a VPC peering connection between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the VPC peering connection for inter-VPC communication.

D. Set up a 1 GB AWS Direct Connect connection between the VPCs. Update the route tables of each VPC to use the Direct Connect connection for inter-VPC communication.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A solutions architect manages an analytics application. The application stores large amounts of semistructured data in an Amazon S3 bucket. The solutions architect wants to use parallel data processing to process the data more quickly. The solutions architect also wants to use information that is stored in an Amazon Redshift database to enrich the data.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Athena to process the S3 data. Use AWS Glue with the Amazon Redshift data to enrich the S3 data.

B. Use Amazon EMR to process the S3 data. Use Amazon EMR with the Amazon Redshift data to enrich the S3 data.

C. Use Amazon EMR to process the S3 data. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Streams to move the S3 data into Amazon Redshift so that the data can be enriched.

D. Use AWS Glue to process the S3 data. Use AWS Lake Formation with the Amazon Redshift data to enrich the S3 data.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company needs to optimize the cost of its Amazon EC2 instances. The company also needs to change the type and family of its EC2 instances every 2-3 months.
What should the company do to meet these requirements?

A. Purchase Partial Upfront Reserved Instances for a 3-year term.

B. Purchase a No Upfront Compute Savings Plan for a 1-year term.

C. Purchase All Upfront Reserved Instances for a 1-year term.

D. Purchase an All Upfront EC2 Instance Savings Plan for a 1-year term.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company has a financial application that produces reports. The reports average 50 KB in size and are stored in Amazon S3. The reports are frequently accessed during the first week after production and must be stored for several years. The reports must be retrievable within 6 hours.
Which solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use S3 Standard. Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Glacier after 7 days.

B. Use S3 Standard. Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 7 days.

C. Use S3 Intelligent-Tiering. Configure S3 Intelligent-Tiering to transition the reports to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) and S3 Glacier.

D. Use S3 Standard. Use an S3 Lifecycle rule to transition the reports to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 7 days.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A recent analysis of a company's IT expenses highlights the need to reduce backup costs. The company's chief information officer wants to simplify the on-premises backup infrastructure and reduce costs by eliminating the use of physical backup tapes. The company must preserve the existing investment in the on-premises backup applications and workflows.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Set up AWS Storage Gateway to connect with the backup applications using the NFS interface.

B. Set up an Amazon EFS file system that connects with the backup applications using the NFS interface.

C. Set up an Amazon EFS file system that connects with the backup applications using the iSCSI interface.

D. Set up AWS Storage Gateway to connect with the backup applications using the iSCSI-virtual tape library (VTL) interface.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has data collection sensors at different locations. The data collection sensors stream a high volume of data to the company. The company wants to design a platform on AWS to ingest and process high-volume streaming data. The solution must be scalable and support data collection in near real time. The company must store the data in Amazon S3 for future reporting.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to deliver streaming data to Amazon S3.

B. Use AWS Glue to deliver streaming data to Amazon S3.

C. Use AWS Lambda to deliver streaming data and store the data to Amazon S3.

D. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to deliver streaming data to Amazon S3.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is developing a two-tier web application on AWS. The company's developers have deployed the application on an Amazon EC2 instance that connects directly to a backend Amazon RDS database. The company must not hardcode database credentials in the application. The company must also implement a solution to automatically rotate the database credentials on a regular basis.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Store the database credentials in the instance metadata. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rules to run a scheduled AWS Lambda function that updates the RDS credentials and instance metadata at the same time.

B. Store the database credentials in a configuration file in an encrypted Amazon S3 bucket. Use Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rules to run a scheduled AWS Lambda function that updates the RDS credentials and the credentials in the configuration file at the same time. Use S3 Versioning to ensure the ability to fall back to previous values.

C. Store the database credentials as a secret in AWS Secrets Manager. Turn on automatic rotation for the secret. Attach the required permission to the EC2 role to grant access to the secret.

D. Store the database credentials as encrypted parameters in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store. Turn on automatic rotation for the encrypted parameters. Attach the required permission to the EC2 role to grant access to the encrypted parameters.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company wants to migrate its on-premises application to AWS. The application produces output files that vary in size from tens of gigabytes to hundreds of terabytes. The application data must be stored in a standard file system structure. The company wants a solution that scales automatically. is highly available, and requires minimum operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the application to run as containers on Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Use Amazon S3 for storage.

B. Migrate the application to run as containers on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS). Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) for storage.

C. Migrate the application to Amazon EC2 instances in a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) for storage.

D. Migrate the application to Amazon EC2 instances in a Multi-AZ Auto Scaling group. Use Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) for storage.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has registered its domain name with Amazon Route 53. The company uses Amazon API Gateway in the ca-central-1 Region as a public interface for its backend microservice APIs. Third-party services consume the APIs securely. The company wants to design its API Gateway URL with the company's domain name and corresponding certificate so that the third-party services can use HTTPS.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create stage variables in API Gateway with Name="Endpoint-URL" and Value="Company Domain Name" to overwrite the default URL. Import the public certificate associated with the company's domain name into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM).

B. Create Route 53 DNS records with the company's domain name. Point the alias record to the Regional API Gateway stage endpoint. Import the public certificate associated with the company's domain name into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) in the us-east-1 Region.

C. Create a Regional API Gateway endpoint. Associate the API Gateway endpoint with the company's domain name. Import the public certificate associated with the company's domain name into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) in the same Region. Attach the certificate to the API Gateway endpoint. Configure Route 53 to route traffic to the API Gateway endpoint.

D. Create a Regional API Gateway endpoint. Associate the API Gateway endpoint with the company's domain name. Import the public certificate associated with the company's domain name into AWS Certificate Manager (ACM) in the us-east-1 Region. Attach the certificate to the API Gateway APIs. Create Route 53 DNS records with the company's domain name. Point an A record to the company's domain name.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company's website uses an Amazon EC2 instance store for its catalog of items. The company wants to make sure that the catalog is highly available and that the catalog is stored in a durable location.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Move the catalog to Amazon ElastiCache for Redis.

B. Deploy a larger EC2 instance with a larger instance store.

C. Move the catalog from the instance store to Amazon S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

D. Move the catalog to an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company runs a highly available image-processing application on Amazon EC2 instances in a single VPC. The EC2 instances run inside several subnets across multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances do not communicate with each other. However, the EC2 instances download images from Amazon S3 and upload images to Amazon S3 through a single NAT gateway. The company is concerned about data transfer charges.
What is the MOST cost-effective way for the company to avoid Regional data transfer charges?

A. Launch the NAT gateway in each Availability Zone.

B. Replace the NAT gateway with a NAT instance.

C. Deploy a gateway VPC endpoint for Amazon S3.

D. Provision an EC2 Dedicated Host to run the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A development team needs to host a website that will be accessed by other teams. The website contents consist of HTML, CSS, client-side JavaScript, and images.
Which method is the MOST cost-effective for hosting the website?

A. Containerize the website and host it in AWS Fargate.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket and host the website there.

C. Deploy a web server on an Amazon EC2 instance to host the website.

D. Configure an Application Load Balancer with an AWS Lambda target that uses the Express.js framework.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts its multi-tier applications on AWS. For compliance, governance, auditing, and security, the company must track configuration changes on its AWS resources and record a history of API calls made to these resources.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS CloudTrail to track configuration changes and AWS Config to record API calls.

B. Use AWS Config to track configuration changes and AWS CloudTrail to record API calls.

C. Use AWS Config to track configuration changes and Amazon CloudWatch to record API calls.

D. Use AWS CloudTrail to track configuration changes and Amazon CloudWatch to record API calls.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating applications to AWS. The applications are deployed in different accounts. The company manages the accounts centrally by using AWS Organizations. The company's security team needs a single sign-on (SSO) solution across all the company's accounts. The company must continue managing the users and groups in its on-premises self-managed Microsoft Active Directory.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Enable AWS Single Sign-On (AWS SSO) from the AWS SSO console. Create a one-way forest trust or a one-way domain trust to connect the company's self-managed Microsoft Active Directory with AWS SSO by using AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory.

B. Enable AWS Single Sign-On (AWS SSO) from the AWS SSO console. Create a two-way forest trust to connect the company's self-managed Microsoft Active Directory with AWS SSO by using AWS Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory.

C. Use AWS Directory Service. Create a two-way trust relationship with the company's self-managed Microsoft Active Directory.

D. Deploy an identity provider (IdP) on premises. Enable AWS Single Sign-On (AWS SSO) from the AWS SSO console.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company hosts a data lake on AWS. The data lake consists of data in Amazon S3 and Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL. The company needs a reporting solution that provides data visualization and includes all the data sources within the data lake. Only the company's management team should have full access to all the visualizations. The rest of the company should have only limited access.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an analysis in Amazon QuickSight. Connect all the data sources and create new datasets. Publish dashboards to visualize the data. Share the dashboards with the appropriate IAM roles.

B. Create an analysis in Amazon QuickSight. Connect all the data sources and create new datasets. Publish dashboards to visualize the data. Share the dashboards with the appropriate users and groups.

C. Create an AWS Glue table and crawler for the data in Amazon S3. Create an AWS Glue extract, transform, and load (ETL) job to produce reports. Publish the reports to Amazon S3. Use S3 bucket policies to limit access to the reports.

D. Create an AWS Glue table and crawler for the data in Amazon S3. Use Amazon Athena Federated Query to access data within Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL. Generate reports by using Amazon Athena. Publish the reports to Amazon S3. Use S3 bucket policies to limit access to the reports.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company recently migrated to AWS and wants to implement a solution to protect the traffic that flows in and out of the production VPC. The company had an inspection server in its on-premises data center. The inspection server performed specific operations such as traffic flow inspection and traffic filtering. The company wants to have the same functionalities in the AWS Cloud.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon GuardDuty for traffic inspection and traffic filtering in the production VPC.

B. Use Traffic Mirroring to mirror traffic from the production VPC for traffic inspection and filtering.

C. Use AWS Network Firewall to create the required rules for traffic inspection and traffic filtering for the production VPC.

D. Use AWS Firewall Manager to create the required rules for traffic inspection and traffic filtering for the production VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is building an ecommerce web application on AWS. The application sends information about new orders to an Amazon API Gateway REST API to process. The company wants to ensure that orders are processed in the order that they are received.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use an API Gateway integration to publish a message to an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic when the application receives an order. Subscribe an AWS Lambda function to the topic to perform processing.

B. Use an API Gateway integration to send a message to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue when the application receives an order. Configure the SQS FIFO queue to invoke an AWS Lambda function for processing.

C. Use an API Gateway authorizer to block any requests while the application processes an order.

D. Use an API Gateway integration to send a message to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) standard queue when the application receives an order. Configure the SQS standard queue to invoke an AWS Lambda function for processing.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company is deploying a new application to Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) with an AWS Fargate cluster. The application needs a storage solution for data persistence. The solution must be highly available and fault tolerant. The solution also must be shared between multiple application containers.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes in the same Availability Zones where EKS worker nodes are placed. Register the volumes in a StorageClass object on an EKS cluster. Use EBS Multi-Attach to share the data between containers.

B. Create an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Register the file system in a StorageClass object on an EKS cluster. Use the same file system for all containers.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Register the volume in a StorageClass object on an EKS cluster. Use the same volume for all containers.

D. Create Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file systems in the same Availability Zones where EKS worker nodes are placed. Register the file systems in a StorageClass object on an EKS cluster. Create an AWS Lambda function to synchronize the data between file systems.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company’s ecommerce website has unpredictable traffic and uses AWS Lambda functions to directly access a private Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. The company wants to maintain predictable database performance and ensure that the Lambda invocations do not overload the database with too many connections.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Point the client driver at an RDS custom endpoint. Deploy the Lambda functions inside a VPC.

B. Point the client driver at an RDS proxy endpoint. Deploy the Lambda functions inside a VPC.

C. Point the client driver at an RDS custom endpoint. Deploy the Lambda functions outside a VPC.

D. Point the client driver at an RDS proxy endpoint. Deploy the Lambda functions outside a VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company created a new organization in AWS Organizations. The organization has multiple accounts for the company's development teams. The development team members use AWS IAM Identity Center (AWS Single Sign-On) to access the accounts. For each of the company's applications, the development teams must use a predefined application name to tag resources that are created.
A solutions architect needs to design a solution that gives the development team the ability to create resources only if the application name tag has an approved value.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Create an IAM group that has a conditional Allow policy that requires the application name tag to be specified for resources to be created.

B. Create a cross-account role that has a Deny policy for any resource that has the application name tag.

C. Create a resource group in AWS Resource Groups to validate that the tags are applied to all resources in all accounts.

D. Create a tag policy in Organizations that has a list of allowed application names.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company hosts an application on Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instances in an Auto Scaling group. Application peak hours occur at the same time each day. Application users report slow application performance at the start of peak hours. The application performs normally 2-3 hours after peak hours begin. The company wants to ensure that the application works properly at the start of peak hours.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure an Application Load Balancer to distribute traffic properly to the instances.

B. Configure a dynamic scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to launch new instances based on memory utilization.

C. Configure a dynamic scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to launch new instances based on CPU utilization.

D. Configure a scheduled scaling policy for the Auto Scaling group to launch new instances before peak hours.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company runs an SMB file server in its data center. The file server stores large files that the company frequently accesses for up to 7 days after the file creation date. After 7 days, the company needs to be able to access the files with a maximum retrieval time of 24 hours.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to copy data that is older than 7 days from the SMB file server to AWS.

B. Create an Amazon S3 File Gateway to increase the company's storage space. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the data to S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 7 days.

C. Create an Amazon FSx File Gateway to increase the company's storage space. Create an Amazon S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the data after 7 days.

D. Configure access to Amazon S3 for each user. Create an S3 Lifecycle policy to transition the data to S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 7 days.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating its multi-tier on-premises application to AWS. The application consists of a single-node MySQL database and a multi-node web tier. The company must minimize changes to the application during the migration. The company wants to improve application resiliency after the migration.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Migrate the web tier to Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group behind a Network Load Balancer.

C. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ deployment.

D. Migrate the web tier to an AWS Lambda function.

E. Migrate the database to an Amazon DynamoDB table.






 

Suggested Answer: CE

Community Answer: AC

A weather forecasting company needs to process hundreds of gigabytes of data with sub-millisecond latency. The company has a high performance computing (HPC) environment in its data center and wants to expand its forecasting capabilities.
A solutions architect must identify a highly available cloud storage solution that can handle large amounts of sustained throughput. Files that are stored in the solution should be accessible to thousands of compute instances that will simultaneously access and process the entire dataset.
What should the solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon FSx for Lustre scratch file systems.

B. Use Amazon FSx for Lustre persistent file systems.

C. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with Bursting Throughput mode.

D. Use Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) with Provisioned Throughput mode.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company stores a large volume of image files in an Amazon S3 bucket. The images need to be readily available for the first 180 days. The images are infrequently accessed for the next 180 days. After 360 days, the images need to be archived but must be available instantly upon request. After 5 years, only auditors can access the images. The auditors must be able to retrieve the images within 12 hours. The images cannot be lost during this process.
A developer will use S3 Standard storage for the first 180 days. The developer needs to configure an S3 Lifecycle rule.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Transition the objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 180 days. S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval after 360 days, and S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 5 years.

B. Transition the objects to S3 One Zone-Infrequent Access (S3 One Zone-IA) after 180 days. S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 360 days, and S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 5 years.

C. Transition the objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 180 days, S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval after 360 days, and S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 5 years.

D. Transition the objects to S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA) after 180 days, S3 Glacier Flexible Retrieval after 360 days, and S3 Glacier Deep Archive after 5 years.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a large data workload that runs for 6 hours each day. The company cannot lose any data while the process is running. A solutions architect is designing an Amazon EMR cluster configuration to support this critical data workload.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Configure a long-running cluster that runs the primary node and core nodes on On-Demand Instances and the task nodes on Spot Instances.

B. Configure a transient cluster that runs the primary node and core nodes on On-Demand Instances and the task nodes on Spot Instances.

C. Configure a transient cluster that runs the primary node on an On-Demand Instance and the core nodes and task nodes on Spot Instances.

D. Configure a long-running cluster that runs the primary node on an On-Demand Instance, the core nodes on Spot Instances, and the task nodes on Spot Instances.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

An application runs on Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets. The application needs to access an Amazon DynamoDB table.
What is the MOST secure way to access the table while ensuring that the traffic does not leave the AWS network?

A. Use a VPC endpoint for DynamoDB.

B. Use a NAT gateway in a public subnet.

C. Use a NAT instance in a private subnet.

D. Use the internet gateway attached to the VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company’s infrastructure consists of Amazon EC2 instances and an Amazon RDS DB instance in a single AWS Region. The company wants to back up its data in a separate Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Backup to copy EC2 backups and RDS backups to the separate Region.

B. Use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager (Amazon DLM) to copy EC2 backups and RDS backups to the separate Region.

C. Create Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) of the EC2 instances. Copy the AMIs to the separate Region. Create a read replica for the RDS DB instance in the separate Region.

D. Create Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshots. Copy the EBS snapshots to the separate Region. Create RDS snapshots. Export the RDS snapshots to Amazon S3. Configure S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR) to the separate Region.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company provides an API to its users that automates inquiries for tax computations based on item prices. The company experiences a larger number of inquiries during the holiday season only that cause slower response times. A solutions architect needs to design a solution that is scalable and elastic.
What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Provide an API hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance. The EC2 instance performs the required computations when the API request is made.

B. Design a REST API using Amazon API Gateway that accepts the item names. API Gateway passes item names to AWS Lambda for tax computations.

C. Create an Application Load Balancer that has two Amazon EC2 instances behind it. The EC2 instances will compute the tax on the received item names.

D. Design a REST API using Amazon API Gateway that connects with an API hosted on an Amazon EC2 instance. API Gateway accepts and passes the item names to the EC2 instance for tax computations.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company’s web application is running on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The company recently changed its policy, which now requires the application to be accessed from one specific country only.
Which configuration will meet this requirement?

A. Configure the security group for the EC2 instances.

B. Configure the security group on the Application Load Balancer.

C. Configure AWS WAF on the Application Load Balancer in a VPC.

D. Configure the network ACL for the subnet that contains the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is building a containerized application on premises and decides to move the application to AWS. The application will have thousands of users soon after it is deployed. The company is unsure how to manage the deployment of containers at scale. The company needs to deploy the containerized application in a highly available architecture that minimizes operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Store container images in an Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) repository. Use an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with the AWS Fargate launch type to run the containers. Use target tracking to scale automatically based on demand.

B. Store container images in an Amazon Elastic Container Registry (Amazon ECR) repository. Use an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with the Amazon EC2 launch type to run the containers. Use target tracking to scale automatically based on demand.

C. Store container images in a repository that runs on an Amazon EC2 instance. Run the containers on EC2 instances that are spread across multiple Availability Zones. Monitor the average CPU utilization in Amazon CloudWatch. Launch new EC2 instances as needed.

D. Create an Amazon EC2 Amazon Machine Image (AMI) that contains the container image. Launch EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. Use an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to scale out EC2 instances when the average CPU utilization threshold is breached.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A large media company hosts a web application on AWS. The company wants to start caching confidential media files so that users around the world will have reliable access to the files. The content is stored in Amazon S3 buckets. The company must deliver the content quickly, regardless of where the requests originate geographically.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS DataSync to connect the S3 buckets to the web application.

B. Deploy AWS Global Accelerator to connect the S3 buckets to the web application.

C. Deploy Amazon CloudFront to connect the S3 buckets to CloudFront edge servers.

D. Use Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to connect the S3 buckets to the web application.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company needs to retain application log files for a critical application for 10 years. The application team regularly accesses logs from the past month for troubleshooting, but logs older than 1 month are rarely accessed. The application generates more than 10 TB of logs per month.
Which storage option meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Store the logs in Amazon S3. Use AWS Backup to move logs more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

B. Store the logs in Amazon S3. Use S3 Lifecycle policies to move logs more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

C. Store the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Use AWS Backup to move logs more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive.

D. Store the logs in Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Use Amazon S3 Lifecycle policies to move logs more than 1 month old to S3 Glacier Deep Archive.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts a website analytics application on a single Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instance. The analytics software is written in PHP and uses a MySQL database. The analytics software, the web server that provides PHP, and the database server are all hosted on the EC2 instance. The application is showing signs of performance degradation during busy times and is presenting 5xx errors. The company needs to make the application scale seamlessly.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance. Create an AMI of the web application. Use the AMI to launch a second EC2 On-Demand Instance. Use an Application Load Balancer to distribute the load to each EC2 instance.

B. Migrate the database to an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance. Create an AMI of the web application. Use the AMI to launch a second EC2 On-Demand Instance. Use Amazon Route 53 weighted routing to distribute the load across the two EC2 instances.

C. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB instance. Create an AWS Lambda function to stop the EC2 instance and change the instance type. Create an Amazon CloudWatch alarm to invoke the Lambda function when CPU utilization surpasses 75%.

D. Migrate the database to an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB instance. Create an AMI of the web application. Apply the AMI to a launch template. Create an Auto Scaling group with the launch template Configure the launch template to use a Spot Fleet. Attach an Application Load Balancer to the Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company is migrating its on-premises PostgreSQL database to Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL. The on-premises database must remain online and accessible during the migration. The Aurora database must remain synchronized with the on-premises database.
Which combination of actions must a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Create an ongoing replication task.

B. Create a database backup of the on-premises database.

C. Create an AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) replication server.

D. Convert the database schema by using the AWS Schema Conversion Tool (AWS SCT).

E. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to monitor the database synchronization.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: AC

A company wants to move its application to a serverless solution. The serverless solution needs to analyze existing and new data by using SL. The company stores the data in an Amazon S3 bucket. The data requires encryption and must be replicated to a different AWS Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create a new S3 bucket. Load the data into the new S3 bucket. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR) to replicate encrypted objects to an S3 bucket in another Region. Use server-side encryption with AWS KMS multi-Region kays (SSE-KMS). Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

B. Create a new S3 bucket. Load the data into the new S3 bucket. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR) to replicate encrypted objects to an S3 bucket in another Region. Use server-side encryption with AWS KMS multi-Region keys (SSE-KMS). Use Amazon RDS to query the data.

C. Load the data into the existing S3 bucket. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR) to replicate encrypted objects to an S3 bucket in another Region. Use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Use Amazon Athena to query the data.

D. Load the data into the existing S3 bucket. Use S3 Cross-Region Replication (CRR) to replicate encrypted objects to an S3 bucket in another Region. Use server-side encryption with Amazon S3 managed encryption keys (SSE-S3). Use Amazon RDS to query the data.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

A company has an automobile sales website that stores its listings in a database on Amazon RDS. When an automobile is sold, the listing needs to be removed from the website and the data must be sent to multiple target systems.
Which design should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function triggered when the database on Amazon RDS is updated to send the information to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue for the targets to consume.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function triggered when the database on Amazon RDS is updated to send the information to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queue for the targets to consume.

C. Subscribe to an RDS event notification and send an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue fanned out to multiple Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topics. Use AWS Lambda functions to update the targets.

D. Subscribe to an RDS event notification and send an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic fanned out to multiple Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queues. Use AWS Lambda functions to update the targets.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect is designing a VPC with public and private subnets. The VPC and subnets use IPv4 CIDR blocks. There is one public subnet and one private subnet in each of three Availability Zones (AZs) for high availability. An internet gateway is used to provide internet access for the public subnets. The private subnets require access to the internet to allow Amazon EC2 instances to download software updates.
What should the solutions architect do to enable Internet access for the private subnets?

A. Create three NAT gateways, one for each public subnet in each AZ. Create a private route table for each AZ that forwards non-VPC traffic to the NAT gateway in its AZ.

B. Create three NAT instances, one for each private subnet in each AZ. Create a private route table for each AZ that forwards non-VPC traffic to the NAT instance in its AZ.

C. Create a second internet gateway on one of the private subnets. Update the route table for the private subnets that forward non-VPC traffic to the private internet gateway.

D. Create an egress-only internet gateway on one of the public subnets. Update the route table for the private subnets that forward non-VPC traffic to the egress-only Internet gateway.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An application allows users at a company's headquarters to access product data. The product data is stored in an Amazon RDS MySQL DB instance. The operations team has isolated an application performance slowdown and wants to separate read traffic from write traffic. A solutions architect needs to optimize the application's performance quickly.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Change the existing database to a Multi-AZ deployment. Serve the read requests from the primary Availability Zone.

B. Change the existing database to a Multi-AZ deployment. Serve the read requests from the secondary Availability Zone.

C. Create read replicas for the database. Configure the read replicas with half of the compute and storage resources as the source database.

D. Create read replicas for the database. Configure the read replicas with the same compute and storage resources as the source database.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company's containerized application runs on an Amazon EC2 instance. The application needs to download security certificates before it can communicate with other business applications. The company wants a highly secure solution to encrypt and decrypt the certificates in near real time. The solution also needs to store data in highly available storage after the data is encrypted.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Create AWS Secrets Manager secrets for encrypted certificates. Manually update the certificates as needed. Control access to the data by using fine-grained IAM access.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function that uses the Python cryptography library to receive and perform encryption operations. Store the function in an Amazon S3 bucket.

C. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Allow the EC2 role to use the KMS key for encryption operations. Store the encrypted data on Amazon S3.

D. Create an AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) customer managed key. Allow the EC2 role to use the KMS key for encryption operations. Store the encrypted data on Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company is storing sensitive user information in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company wants to provide secure access to this bucket from the application tier running on Amazon EC2 instances inside a VPC.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. Configure a VPC gateway endpoint for Amazon S3 within the VPC.

B. Create a bucket policy to make the objects in the S3 bucket public.

C. Create a bucket policy that limits access to only the application tier running in the VPC.

D. Create an IAM user with an S3 access policy and copy the IAM credentials to the EC2 instance.

E. Create a NAT instance and have the EC2 instances use the NAT instance to access the S3 bucket.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A company is using a SQL database to store movie data that is publicly accessible. The database runs on an Amazon RDS Single-AZ DB instance. A script runs queries at random intervals each day to record the number of new movies that have been added to the database. The script must report a final total during business hours.
The company's development team notices that the database performance is inadequate for development tasks when the script is running. A solutions architect must recommend a solution to resolve this issue.
Which solution will meet this requirement with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Modify the DB instance to be a Multi-AZ deployment.

B. Create a read replica of the database. Configure the script to query only the read replica.

C. Instruct the development team to manually export the entries in the database at the end of each day.

D. Use Amazon ElastiCache to cache the common queries that the script runs against the database.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A survey company has gathered data for several years from areas in the United States. The company hosts the data in an Amazon S3 bucket that is 3 TB in size and growing. The company has started to share the data with a European marketing firm that has S3 buckets. The company wants to ensure that its data transfer costs remain as low as possible.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure the Requester Pays feature on the company's S3 bucket.

B. Configure S3 Cross-Region Replication from the company's S3 bucket to one of the marketing firm's S3 buckets.

C. Configure cross-account access for the marketing firm so that the marketing firm has access to the company's S3 bucket.

D. Configure the company's S3 bucket to use S3 Intelligent-Tiering. Sync the S3 bucket to one of the marketing firm's S3 buckets.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has several web servers that need to frequently access a common Amazon RDS MySQL Multi-AZ DB instance. The company wants a secure method for the web servers to connect to the database while meeting a security requirement to rotate user credentials frequently.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Store the database user credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. Grant the necessary IAM permissions to allow the web servers to access AWS Secrets Manager.

B. Store the database user credentials in AWS Systems Manager OpsCenter. Grant the necessary IAM permissions to allow the web servers to access OpsCenter.

C. Store the database user credentials in a secure Amazon S3 bucket. Grant the necessary IAM permissions to allow the web servers to retrieve credentials and access the database.

D. Store the database user credentials in files encrypted with AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS) on the web server file system. The web server should be able to decrypt the files and access the database.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company's dynamic website is hosted using on-premises servers in the United States. The company is launching its product in Europe, and it wants to optimize site loading times for new European users. The site's backend must remain in the United States. The product is being launched in a few days, and an immediate solution is needed.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance in us-east-1 and migrate the site to it.

B. Move the website to Amazon S3. Use Cross-Region Replication between Regions.

C. Use Amazon CloudFront with a custom origin pointing to the on-premises servers.

D. Use an Amazon Route 53 geoproximity routing policy pointing to on-premises servers.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has more than 5 TB of file data on Windows file servers that run on premises. Users and applications interact with the data each day.
The company is moving its Windows workloads to AWS. As the company continues this process, the company requires access to AWS and on-premises file storage with minimum latency. The company needs a solution that minimizes operational overhead and requires no significant changes to the existing file access patterns. The company uses an AWS Site-to-Site VPN connection for connectivity to AWS.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Deploy and configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server on AWS. Move the on-premises file data to FSx for Windows File Server. Reconfigure the workloads to use FSx for Windows File Server on AWS.

B. Deploy and configure an Amazon S3 File Gateway on premises. Move the on-premises file data to the S3 File Gateway. Reconfigure the on-premises workloads and the cloud workloads to use the S3 File Gateway.

C. Deploy and configure an Amazon S3 File Gateway on premises. Move the on-premises file data to Amazon S3. Reconfigure the workloads to use either Amazon S3 directly or the S3 File Gateway. depending on each workload's location.

D. Deploy and configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server on AWS. Deploy and configure an Amazon FSx File Gateway on premises. Move the on-premises file data to the FSx File Gateway. Configure the cloud workloads to use FSx for Windows File Server on AWS. Configure the on-premises workloads to use the FSx File Gateway.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect has created a new AWS account and must secure AWS account root user access.
Which combination of actions will accomplish this? (Choose two.)

A. Ensure the root user uses a strong password.

B. Enable multi-factor authentication to the root user.

C. Store root user access keys in an encrypted Amazon S3 bucket.

D. Add the root user to a group containing administrative permissions.

E. Apply the required permissions to the root user with an inline policy document.






 

Suggested Answer: AB

Community Answer: AB

A company is moving its on-premises Oracle database to Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL. The database has several applications that write to the same tables. The applications need to be migrated one by one with a month in between each migration. Management has expressed concerns that the database has a high number of reads and writes. The data must be kept in sync across both databases throughout the migration.
What should a solutions architect recommend?

A. Use AWS DataSync for the initial migration. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to create a change data capture (CDC) replication task and a table mapping to select all tables.

B. Use AWS DataSync for the initial migration. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to create a full load plus change data capture (CDC) replication task and a table mapping to select all tables.

C. Use the AWS Schema Conversion Tool with AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) using a memory optimized replication instance. Create a full load plus change data capture (CDC) replication task and a table mapping to select all tables.

D. Use the AWS Schema Conversion Tool with AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) using a compute optimized replication instance. Create a full load plus change data capture (CDC) replication task and a table mapping to select the largest tables.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is concerned that two NAT instances in use will no longer be able to support the traffic needed for the company’s application. A solutions architect wants to implement a solution that is highly available, fault tolerant, and automatically scalable.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Remove the two NAT instances and replace them with two NAT gateways in the same Availability Zone.

B. Use Auto Scaling groups with Network Load Balancers for the NAT instances in different Availability Zones.

C. Remove the two NAT instances and replace them with two NAT gateways in different Availability Zones.

D. Replace the two NAT instances with Spot Instances in different Availability Zones and deploy a Network Load Balancer.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has a three-tier application for image sharing. The application uses an Amazon EC2 instance for the front-end layer, another EC2 instance for the application layer, and a third EC2 instance for a MySQL database. A solutions architect must design a scalable and highly available solution that requires the least amount of change to the application.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use Amazon S3 to host the front-end layer. Use AWS Lambda functions for the application layer. Move the database to an Amazon DynamoDB table. Use Amazon S3 to store and serve users’ images.

B. Use load-balanced Multi-AZ AWS Elastic Beanstalk environments for the front-end layer and the application layer. Move the database to an Amazon RDS DB instance with multiple read replicas to serve users’ images.

C. Use Amazon S3 to host the front-end layer. Use a fleet of EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group for the application layer. Move the database to a memory optimized instance type to store and serve users’ images.

D. Use load-balanced Multi-AZ AWS Elastic Beanstalk environments for the front-end layer and the application layer. Move the database to an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance. Use Amazon S3 to store and serve users’ images.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company manages its own Amazon EC2 instances that run MySQL databases. The company is manually managing replication and scaling as demand increases or decreases. The company needs a new solution that simplifies the process of adding or removing compute capacity to or from its database tier as needed. The solution also must offer improved performance, scaling, and durability with minimal effort from operations.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Migrate the databases to Amazon Aurora Serverless for Aurora MySQL.

B. Migrate the databases to Amazon Aurora Serverless for Aurora PostgreSQL.

C. Combine the databases into one larger MySQL database. Run the larger database on larger EC2 instances.

D. Create an EC2 Auto Scaling group for the database tier. Migrate the existing databases to the new environment.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company runs an application on a group of Amazon Linux EC2 instances. For compliance reasons, the company must retain all application log files for 7 years. The log files will be analyzed by a reporting tool that must be able to access all the files concurrently.
Which storage solution meets these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS)

B. Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS)

C. Amazon EC2 instance store

D. Amazon S3








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A media company collects and analyzes user activity data on premises. The company wants to migrate this capability to AWS. The user activity data store will continue to grow and will be petabytes in size. The company needs to build a highly available data ingestion solution that facilitates on-demand analytics of existing data and new data with SQL.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Send activity data to an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Configure the stream to deliver the data to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Send activity data to an Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream. Configure the stream to deliver the data to an Amazon Redshift cluster.

C. Place activity data in an Amazon S3 bucket. Configure Amazon S3 to run an AWS Lambda function on the data as the data arrives in the S3 bucket.

D. Create an ingestion service on Amazon EC2 instances that are spread across multiple Availability Zones. Configure the service to forward data to an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ database.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A company has hired an external vendor to perform work in the company’s AWS account. The vendor uses an automated tool that is hosted in an AWS account that the vendor owns. The vendor does not have IAM access to the company’s AWS account.
How should a solutions architect grant this access to the vendor?

A. Create an IAM role in the company’s account to delegate access to the vendor’s IAM role. Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the role for the permissions that the vendor requires.

B. Create an IAM user in the company’s account with a password that meets the password complexity requirements. Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the user for the permissions that the vendor requires.

C. Create an IAM group in the company’s account. Add the tool’s IAM user from the vendor account to the group. Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the group for the permissions that the vendor requires.

D. Create a new identity provider by choosing “AWS account” as the provider type in the IAM console. Supply the vendor’s AWS account ID and user name. Attach the appropriate IAM policies to the new provider for the permissions that the vendor requires.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company has a web server running on an Amazon EC2 instance in a public subnet with an Elastic IP address. The default security group is assigned to the EC2 instance. The default network ACL has been modified to block all traffic. A solutions architect needs to make the web server accessible from everywhere on port 443.
Which combination of steps will accomplish this task? (Choose two.)

A. Create a security group with a rule to allow TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0.

B. Create a security group with a rule to allow TCP port 443 to destination 0.0.0.0/0.

C. Update the network ACL to allow TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0.

D. Update the network ACL to allow inbound/outbound TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0 and to destination 0.0.0.0/0.

E. Update the network ACL to allow inbound TCP port 443 from source 0.0.0.0/0 and outbound TCP port 32768-65535 to destination 0.0.0.0/0.






 

Suggested Answer: AE

Community Answer: AE

A company needs to export its database once a day to Amazon S3 for other teams to access. The exported object size varies between 2 GB and 5 GB. The S3 access pattern for the data is variable and changes rapidly. The data must be immediately available and must remain accessible for up to 3 months. The company needs the most cost-effective solution that will not increase retrieval time.
Which S3 storage class should the company use to meet these requirements?

A. S3 Intelligent-Tiering

B. S3 Glacier Instant Retrieval

C. S3 Standard

D. S3 Standard-Infrequent Access (S3 Standard-IA)








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect is designing the architecture of a new application being deployed to the AWS Cloud. The application will run on Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instances and will automatically scale across multiple Availability Zones. The EC2 instances will scale up and down frequently throughout the day. An Application Load Balancer (ALB) will handle the load distribution. The architecture needs to support distributed session data management. The company is willing to make changes to code if needed.
What should the solutions architect do to ensure that the architecture supports distributed session data management?

A. Use Amazon ElastiCache to manage and store session data.

B. Use session affinity (sticky sessions) of the ALB to manage session data.

C. Use Session Manager from AWS Systems Manager to manage the session.

D. Use the GetSessionToken API operation in AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS) to manage the session.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A telemarketing company is designing its customer call center functionality on AWS. The company needs a solution that provides multiple speaker recognition and generates transcript files. The company wants to query the transcript files to analyze the business patterns. The transcript files must be stored for 7 years for auditing purposes.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use Amazon Rekognition for multiple speaker recognition. Store the transcript files in Amazon S3. Use machine learning models for transcript file analysis.

B. Use Amazon Transcribe for multiple speaker recognition. Use Amazon Athena for transcript file analysis.

C. Use Amazon Translate for multiple speaker recognition. Store the transcript files in Amazon Redshift. Use SQL queries for transcript file analysis.

D. Use Amazon Rekognition for multiple speaker recognition. Store the transcript files in Amazon S3. Use Amazon Textract for transcript file analysis.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

The customers of a finance company request appointments with financial advisors by sending text messages. A web application that runs on Amazon EC2 instances accepts the appointment requests. The text messages are published to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue through the web application. Another application that runs on EC2 instances then sends meeting invitations and meeting confirmation email messages to the customers. After successful scheduling, this application stores the meeting information in an Amazon DynamoDB database.
As the company expands, customers report that their meeting invitations are taking longer to arrive.
What should a solutions architect recommend to resolve this issue?

A. Add a DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX) cluster in front of the DynamoDB database.

B. Add an Amazon API Gateway API in front of the web application that accepts the appointment requests.

C. Add an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Set the origin as the web application that accepts the appointment requests.

D. Add an Auto Scaling group for the application that sends meeting invitations. Configure the Auto Scaling group to scale based on the depth of the SQS queue.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company’s order system sends requests from clients to Amazon EC2 instances. The EC2 instances process the orders and then store the orders in a database on Amazon RDS. Users report that they must reprocess orders when the system fails. The company wants a resilient solution that can process orders automatically if a system outage occurs.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Move the EC2 instances into an Auto Scaling group. Create an Amazon EventBridge (Amazon CloudWatch Events) rule to target an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) task.

B. Move the EC2 instances into an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Update the order system to send messages to the ALB endpoint.

C. Move the EC2 instances into an Auto Scaling group. Configure the order system to send messages to an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Configure the EC2 instances to consume messages from the queue.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) topic. Create an AWS Lambda function, and subscribe the function to the SNS topic. Configure the order system to send messages to the SNS topic. Send a command to the EC2 instances to process the messages by using AWS Systems Manager Run Command.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: C

A company runs an application on a large fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The application reads and writes entries into an Amazon DynamoDB table. The size of the DynamoDB table continuously grows, but the application needs only data from the last 30 days. The company needs a solution that minimizes cost and development effort.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use an AWS CloudFormation template to deploy the complete solution. Redeploy the CloudFormation stack every 30 days, and delete the original stack.

B. Use an EC2 instance that runs a monitoring application from AWS Marketplace. Configure the monitoring application to use Amazon DynamoDB Streams to store the timestamp when a new item is created in the table. Use a script that runs on the EC2 instance to delete items that have a timestamp that is older than 30 days.

C. Configure Amazon DynamoDB Streams to invoke an AWS Lambda function when a new item is created in the table. Configure the Lambda function to delete items in the table that are older than 30 days.

D. Extend the application to add an attribute that has a value of the current timestamp plus 30 days to each new item that is created in the table. Configure DynamoDB to use the attribute as the TTL attribute.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company needs to run a critical application on AWS. The company needs to use Amazon EC2 for the application’s database. The database must be highly available and must fail over automatically if a disruptive event occurs.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Launch two EC2 instances, each in a different Availability Zone in the same AWS Region. Install the database on both EC2 instances. Configure the EC2 instances as a cluster. Set up database replication.

B. Launch an EC2 instance in an Availability Zone. Install the database on the EC2 instance. Use an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to back up the data. Use AWS CloudFormation to automate provisioning of the EC2 instance if a disruptive event occurs.

C. Launch two EC2 instances, each in a different AWS Region. Install the database on both EC2 instances. Set up database replication. Fail over the database to a second Region.

D. Launch an EC2 instance in an Availability Zone. Install the database on the EC2 instance. Use an Amazon Machine Image (AMI) to back up the data. Use EC2 automatic recovery to recover the instance if a disruptive event occurs.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A company uses Amazon S3 as its data lake. The company has a new partner that must use SFTP to upload data files. A solutions architect needs to implement a highly available SFTP solution that minimizes operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Transfer Family to configure an SFTP-enabled server with a publicly accessible endpoint. Choose the S3 data lake as the destination.

B. Use Amazon S3 File Gateway as an SFTP server. Expose the S3 File Gateway endpoint URL to the new partner. Share the S3 File Gateway endpoint with the new partner.

C. Launch an Amazon EC2 instance in a private subnet in a VPInstruct the new partner to upload files to the EC2 instance by using a VPN. Run a cron job script, on the EC2 instance to upload files to the S3 data lake.

D. Launch Amazon EC2 instances in a private subnet in a VPC. Place a Network Load Balancer (NLB) in front of the EC2 instances. Create an SFTP listener port for the NLB. Share the NLB hostname with the new partner. Run a cron job script on the EC2 instances to upload files to the S3 data lake.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company has a Windows-based application that must be migrated to AWS. The application requires the use of a shared Windows file system attached to multiple Amazon EC2 Windows instances that are deployed across multiple Availability Zone:
What should a solutions architect do to meet this requirement?

A. Configure AWS Storage Gateway in volume gateway mode. Mount the volume to each Windows instance.

B. Configure Amazon FSx for Windows File Server. Mount the Amazon FSx file system to each Windows instance.

C. Configure a file system by using Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). Mount the EFS file system to each Windows instance.

D. Configure an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume with the required size. Attach each EC2 instance to the volume. Mount the file system within the volume to each Windows instance.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company runs an application using Amazon ECS. The application creates resized versions of an original image and then makes Amazon S3 API calls to store the resized images in Amazon S3.
How can a solutions architect ensure that the application has permission to access Amazon S3?

A. Update the S3 role in AWS IAM to allow read/write access from Amazon ECS, and then relaunch the container.

B. Create an IAM role with S3 permissions, and then specify that role as the taskRoleArn in the task definition.

C. Create a security group that allows access from Amazon ECS to Amazon S3, and update the launch configuration used by the ECS cluster.

D. Create an IAM user with S3 permissions, and then relaunch the Amazon EC2 instances for the ECS cluster while logged in as this account.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

An entertainment company is using Amazon DynamoDB to store media metadata. The application is read intensive and experiencing delays. The company does not have staff to handle additional operational overhead and needs to improve the performance efficiency of DynamoDB without reconfiguring the application.
What should a solutions architect recommend to meet this requirement?

A. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Redis.

B. Use Amazon DynamoDB Accelerator (DAX).

C. Replicate data by using DynamoDB global tables.

D. Use Amazon ElastiCache for Memcached with Auto Discovery enabled.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A research laboratory needs to process approximately 8 TB of data. The laboratory requires sub-millisecond latencies and a minimum throughput of 6 GBps for the storage subsystem. Hundreds of Amazon EC2 instances that run Amazon Linux will distribute and process the data.
Which solution will meet the performance requirements?

A. Create an Amazon FSx for NetApp ONTAP file system. Sat each volume’ tiering policy to ALL. Import the raw data into the file system. Mount the fila system on the EC2 instances.

B. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to store the raw data. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system that uses persistent SSD storage. Select the option to import data from and export data to Amazon S3. Mount the file system on the EC2 instances.

C. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to store the raw data. Create an Amazon FSx for Lustre file system that uses persistent HDD storage. Select the option to import data from and export data to Amazon S3. Mount the file system on the EC2 instances.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for NetApp ONTAP file system. Set each volume’s tiering policy to NONE. Import the raw data into the file system. Mount the file system on the EC2 instances.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

An ecommerce company stores terabytes of customer data in the AWS Cloud. The data contains personally identifiable information (PII). The company wants to use the data in three applications. Only one of the applications needs to process the PII. The PII must be removed before the other two applications process the data.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Store the data in an Amazon DynamoDB table. Create a proxy application layer to intercept and process the data that each application requests.

B. Store the data in an Amazon S3 bucket. Process and transform the data by using S3 Object Lambda before returning the data to the requesting application.

C. Process the data and store the transformed data in three separate Amazon S3 buckets so that each application has its own custom dataset. Point each application to its respective S3 bucket.

D. Process the data and store the transformed data in three separate Amazon DynamoDB tables so that each application has its own custom dataset. Point each application to its respective DynamoDB table.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company needs to migrate a legacy application from an on-premises data center to the AWS Cloud because of hardware capacity constraints. The application runs 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The application’s database storage continues to grow over time.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 Spot Instances. Migrate the data storage layer to Amazon S3.

B. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances. Migrate the data storage layer to Amazon RDS On-Demand Instances.

C. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 Reserved Instances. Migrate the data storage layer to Amazon Aurora Reserved Instances.

D. Migrate the application layer to Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instances. Migrate the data storage layer to Amazon RDS Reserved Instances.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A development team has launched a new application that is hosted on Amazon EC2 instances inside a development VPC. A solutions architect needs to create a new VPC in the same account. The new VPC will be peered with the development VPC. The VPC CIDR block for the development VPC is 192.168.0.0/24. The solutions architect needs to create a CIDR block for the new VPC. The CIDR block must be valid for a VPC peering connection to the development VPC.
What is the SMALLEST CIDR block that meets these requirements?

A. 10.0.1.0/32

B. 192.168.0.0/24

C. 192.168.1.0/32

D. 10.0.1.0/24








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: D

A company has an on-premises volume backup solution that has reached its end of life. The company wants to use AWS as part of a new backup solution and wants to maintain local access to all the data while it is backed up on AWS. The company wants to ensure that the data backed up on AWS is automatically and securely transferred.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Use AWS Snowball to migrate data out of the on-premises solution to Amazon S3. Configure on-premises systems to mount the Snowball S3 endpoint to provide local access to the data.

B. Use AWS Snowball Edge to migrate data out of the on-premises solution to Amazon S3. Use the Snowball Edge file interface to provide on-premises systems with local access to the data.

C. Use AWS Storage Gateway and configure a cached volume gateway. Run the Storage Gateway software appliance on premises and configure a percentage of data to cache locally. Mount the gateway storage volumes to provide local access to the data.

D. Use AWS Storage Gateway and configure a stored volume gateway. Run the Storage Gateway software appliance on premises and map the gateway storage volumes to on-premises storage. Mount the gateway storage volumes to provide local access to the data.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company wants to create an application to store employee data in a hierarchical structured relationship. The company needs a minimum-latency response to high-traffic queries for the employee data and must protect any sensitive data. The company also needs to receive monthly email messages if any financial information is present in the employee data.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Use Amazon Redshift to store the employee data in hierarchies. Unload the data to Amazon S3 every month.

B. Use Amazon DynamoDB to store the employee data in hierarchies. Export the data to Amazon S3 every month.

C. Configure Amazon Macie for the AWS account. Integrate Macie with Amazon EventBridge to send monthly events to AWS Lambda.

D. Use Amazon Athena to analyze the employee data in Amazon S3. Integrate Athena with Amazon QuickSight to publish analysis dashboards and share the dashboards with users.

E. Configure Amazon Macie for the AWS account. Integrate Macie with Amazon EventBridge to send monthly notifications through an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) subscription.






 

Suggested Answer: CD

Community Answer: BE

A research company runs experiments that are powered by a simulation application and a visualization application. The simulation application runs on Linux and outputs intermediate data to an NFS share every 5 minutes. The visualization application is a Windows desktop application that displays the simulation output and requires an SMB file system.
The company maintains two synchronized file systems. This strategy is causing data duplication and inefficient resource usage. The company needs to migrate the applications to AWS without making code changes to either application.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate both applications to AWS Lambda. Create an Amazon S3 bucket to exchange data between the applications.

B. Migrate both applications to Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS). Configure Amazon FSx File Gateway for storage.

C. Migrate the simulation application to Linux Amazon EC2 instances. Migrate the visualization application to Windows EC2 instances. Configure Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) to exchange data between the applications.

D. Migrate the simulation application to Linux Amazon EC2 instances. Migrate the visualization application to Windows EC2 instances. Configure Amazon FSx for NetApp ONTAP for storage.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has a multi-tier application deployed on several Amazon EC2 instances in an Auto Scaling group. An Amazon RDS for Oracle instance is the application’ s data layer that uses Oracle-specific PL/SQL functions. Traffic to the application has been steadily increasing. This is causing the EC2 instances to become overloaded and the RDS instance to run out of storage. The Auto Scaling group does not have any scaling metrics and defines the minimum healthy instance count only. The company predicts that traffic will continue to increase at a steady but unpredictable rate before leveling off.
What should a solutions architect do to ensure the system can automatically scale for the increased traffic? (Choose two.)

A. Configure storage Auto Scaling on the RDS for Oracle instance.

B. Migrate the database to Amazon Aurora to use Auto Scaling storage.

C. Configure an alarm on the RDS for Oracle instance for low free storage space.

D. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use the average CPU as the scaling metric.

E. Configure the Auto Scaling group to use the average free memory as the scaling metric.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AD

A company runs an internal browser-based application. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer. The instances run in an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones. The Auto Scaling group scales up to 20 instances during work hours, but scales down to 2 instances overnight. Staff are complaining that the application is very slow when the day begins, although it runs well by mid-morning.
How should the scaling be changed to address the staff complaints and keep costs to a minimum?

A. Implement a scheduled action that sets the desired capacity to 20 shortly before the office opens.

B. Implement a step scaling action triggered at a lower CPU threshold, and decrease the cooldown period.

C. Implement a target tracking action triggered at a lower CPU threshold, and decrease the cooldown period.

D. Implement a scheduled action that sets the minimum and maximum capacity to 20 shortly before the office opens.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: C

An ecommerce company has noticed performance degradation of its Amazon RDS based web application. The performance degradation is attributed to an increase in the number of read-only SQL queries triggered by business analysts. A solutions architect needs to solve the problem with minimal changes to the existing web application.
What should the solutions architect recommend?

A. Export the data to Amazon DynamoDB and have the business analysts run their queries.

B. Load the data into Amazon ElastiCache and have the business analysts run their queries.

C. Create a read replica of the primary database and have the business analysts run their queries.

D. Copy the data into an Amazon Redshift cluster and have the business analysts run their queries.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs an application on Amazon EC2 instances. The company needs to implement a disaster recovery (DR) solution for the application. The DR solution needs to have a recovery time objective (RTO) of less than 4 hours. The DR solution also needs to use the fewest possible AWS resources during normal operations.
Which solution will meet these requirements in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. Create Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) to back up the EC2 instances. Copy the AMIs to a secondary AWS Region. Automate infrastructure deployment in the secondary Region by using AWS Lambda and custom scripts.

B. Create Amazon Machine Images (AMIs) to back up the EC2 instances. Copy the AMIs to a secondary AWS Region. Automate infrastructure deployment in the secondary Region by using AWS CloudFormation.

C. Launch EC2 instances in a secondary AWS Region. Keep the EC2 instances in the secondary Region active at all times.

D. Launch EC2 instances in a secondary Availability Zone. Keep the EC2 instances in the secondary Availability Zone active at all times.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A rapidly growing ecommerce company is running its workloads in a single AWS Region. A solutions architect must create a disaster recovery (DR) strategy that includes a different AWS Region. The company wants its database to be up to date in the DR Region with the least possible latency. The remaining infrastructure in the DR Region needs to run at reduced capacity and must be able to scale up if necessary.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LOWEST recovery time objective (RTO)?

A. Use an Amazon Aurora global database with a pilot light deployment.

B. Use an Amazon Aurora global database with a warm standby deployment.

C. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance with a pilot light deployment.

D. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance with a warm standby deployment.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect needs to design a highly available application consisting of web, application, and database tiers. HTTPS content delivery should be as close to the edge as possible, with the least delivery time.
Which solution meets these requirements and is MOST secure?

A. Configure a public Application Load Balancer (ALB) with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in public subnets. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the public ALB as the origin.

B. Configure a public Application Load Balancer with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the EC2 instances as the origin.

C. Configure a public Application Load Balancer (ALB) with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in private subnets. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the public ALB as the origin.

D. Configure a public Application Load Balancer with multiple redundant Amazon EC2 instances in public subnets. Configure Amazon CloudFront to deliver HTTPS content using the EC2 instances as the origin.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is implementing new data retention policies for all databases that run on Amazon RDS DB instances. The company must retain daily backups for a minimum period of 2 years. The backups must be consistent and restorable.
Which solution should a solutions architect recommend to meet these requirements?

A. Create a backup vault in AWS Backup to retain RDS backups. Create a new backup plan with a daily schedule and an expiration period of 2 years after creation. Assign the RDS DB instances to the backup plan.

B. Configure a backup window for the RDS DB instances for daily snapshots. Assign a snapshot retention policy of 2 years to each RDS DB instance. Use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager (Amazon DLM) to schedule snapshot deletions.

C. Configure database transaction logs to be automatically backed up to Amazon CloudWatch Logs with an expiration period of 2 years.

D. Configure an AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) replication task. Deploy a replication instance, and configure a change data capture (CDC) task to stream database changes to Amazon S3 as the target. Configure S3 Lifecycle policies to delete the snapshots after 2 years.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company recently announced the deployment of its retail website to a global audience. The website runs on multiple Amazon EC2 instances behind an Elastic Load Balancer. The instances run in an Auto Scaling group across multiple Availability Zones.
The company wants to provide its customers with different versions of content based on the devices that the customers use to access the website.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Configure Amazon CloudFront to cache multiple versions of the content.

B. Configure a host header in a Network Load Balancer to forward traffic to different instances.

C. Configure a Lambda@Edge function to send specific objects to users based on the User-Agent header.

D. Configure AWS Global Accelerator. Forward requests to a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Configure the NLB to set up host-based routing to different EC2 instances.

E. Configure AWS Global Accelerator. Forward requests to a Network Load Balancer (NLB). Configure the NLB to set up path-based routing to different EC2 instances.






 

Suggested Answer: AC

Community Answer: AC

A solutions architect is implementing a document review application using an Amazon S3 bucket for storage. The solution must prevent accidental deletion of the documents and ensure that all versions of the documents are available. Users must be able to download, modify, and upload documents.
Which combination of actions should be taken to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Enable a read-only bucket ACL.

B. Enable versioning on the bucket.

C. Attach an IAM policy to the bucket.

D. Enable MFA Delete on the bucket.

E. Encrypt the bucket using AWS KMS.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BD

A company is implementing a shared storage solution for a media application that is hosted in the AWS Cloud. The company needs the ability to use SMB clients to access data. The solution must be fully managed.
Which AWS solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway. Create a file share that uses the required client protocol. Connect the application server to the file share.

B. Create an AWS Storage Gateway tape gateway. Configure tapes to use Amazon S3. Connect the application server to the tape gateway.

C. Create an Amazon EC2 Windows instance. Install and configure a Windows file share role on the instance. Connect the application server to the file share.

D. Create an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. Attach the file system to the origin server. Connect the application server to the file system.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect needs to design a new microservice for a company’s application. Clients must be able to call an HTTPS endpoint to reach the microservice. The microservice also must use AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) to authenticate calls. The solutions architect will write the logic for this microservice by using a single AWS Lambda function that is written in Go 1.x.
Which solution will deploy the function in the MOST operationally efficient way?

A. Create an Amazon API Gateway REST API. Configure the method to use the Lambda function. Enable IAM authentication on the API.

B. Create a Lambda function URL for the function. Specify AWS_IAM as the authentication type.

C. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Deploy the function to Lambda@Edge. Integrate IAM authentication logic into the Lambda@Edge function.

D. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution. Deploy the function to CloudFront Functions. Specify AWS_IAM as the authentication type.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is launching an application on AWS. The application uses an Application Load Balancer (ALB) to direct traffic to at least two Amazon EC2 instances in a single target group. The instances are in an Auto Scaling group for each environment. The company requires a development environment and a production environment. The production environment will have periods of high traffic.
Which solution will configure the development environment MOST cost-effectively?

A. Reconfigure the target group in the development environment to have only one EC2 instance as a target.

B. Change the ALB balancing algorithm to least outstanding requests.

C. Reduce the size of the EC2 instances in both environments.

D. Reduce the maximum number of EC2 instances in the development environment’s Auto Scaling group.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

An online learning company is migrating to the AWS Cloud. The company maintains its student records in a PostgreSQL database. The company needs a solution in which its data is available and online across multiple AWS Regions at all times.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST amount of operational overhead?

A. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to a PostgreSQL cluster on Amazon EC2 instances.

B. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance with the Multi-AZ feature turned on.

C. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. Create a read replica in another Region.

D. Migrate the PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. Set up DB snapshots to be copied to another Region.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company hosts a three-tier ecommerce application on a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances. The instances run in an Auto Scaling group behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB). All ecommerce data is stored in an Amazon RDS for MariaDB Multi-AZ DB instance.
The company wants to optimize customer session management during transactions. The application must store session data durably.
Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Turn on the sticky sessions feature (session affinity) on the ALB.

B. Use an Amazon DynamoDB table to store customer session information.

C. Deploy an Amazon Cognito user pool to manage user session information.

D. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cluster to store customer session information.

E. Use AWS Systems Manager Application Manager in the application to manage user session information.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: AD

A company has a large dataset for its online advertising business stored in an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance in a single Availability Zone. The company wants business reporting queries to run without impacting the write operations to the production DB instance.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Deploy RDS read replicas to process the business reporting queries.

B. Scale out the DB instance horizontally by placing it behind an Elastic Load Balancer.

C. Scale up the DB instance to a larger instance type to handle write operations and queries.

D. Deploy the DB instance in multiple Availability Zones to process the business reporting queries.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A company is deploying a two-tier web application in a VPC. The web tier is using an Amazon EC2 Auto Scaling group with public subnets that span multiple Availability Zones. The database tier consists of an Amazon RDS for MySQL DB instance in separate private subnets. The web tier requires access to the database to retrieve product information.
The web application is not working as intended. The web application reports that it cannot connect to the database. The database is confirmed to be up and running. All configurations for the network ACLs, security groups, and route tables are still in their default states.
What should a solutions architect recommend to fix the application?

A. Add an explicit rule to the private subnet’s network ACL to allow traffic from the web tier’s EC2 instances.

B. Add a route in the VPC route table to allow traffic between the web tier’s EC2 instances and the database tier.

C. Deploy the web tier's EC2 instances and the database tier’s RDS instance into two separate VPCs, and configure VPC peering.

D. Add an inbound rule to the security group of the database tier’s RDS instance to allow traffic from the web tiers security group.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A solutions architect is creating a new VPC design. There are two public subnets for the load balancer, two private subnets for web servers, and two private subnets for MySQL. The web servers use only HTTPS. The solutions architect has already created a security group for the load balancer allowing port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0. Company policy requires that each resource has the least access required to still be able to perform its tasks.
Which additional configuration strategy should the solutions architect use to meet these requirements?

A. Create a security group for the web servers and allow port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0. Create a security group for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.

B. Create a network ACL for the web servers and allow port 443 from 0.0.0.0/0. Create a network ACL for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.

C. Create a security group for the web servers and allow port 443 from the load balancer. Create a security group for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.

D. Create a network ACL for the web servers and allow port 443 from the load balancer. Create a network ACL for the MySQL servers and allow port 3306 from the web servers security group.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

An ecommerce company needs to run a scheduled daily job to aggregate and filter sales records for analytics. The company stores the sales records in an Amazon S3 bucket. Each object can be up to 10 GB in size. Based on the number of sales events, the job can take up to an hour to complete. The CPU and memory usage of the job are constant and are known in advance.
A solutions architect needs to minimize the amount of operational effort that is needed for the job to run.
Which solution meets these requirements?

A. Create an AWS Lambda function that has an Amazon EventBridge notification. Schedule the EventBridge event to run once a day.

B. Create an AWS Lambda function. Create an Amazon API Gateway HTTP API, and integrate the API with the function. Create an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event that calls the API and invokes the function.

C. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with an AWS Fargate launch type. Create an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event that launches an ECS task on the cluster to run the job.

D. Create an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) cluster with an Amazon EC2 launch type and an Auto Scaling group with at least one EC2 instance. Create an Amazon EventBridge scheduled event that launches an ECS task on the cluster to run the job.








 

Suggested Answer: C

An ecommerce company is running a multi-tier application on AWS. The front-end and backend tiers both run on Amazon EC2, and the database runs on Amazon RDS for MySQL. The backend tier communicates with the RDS instance. There are frequent calls to return identical datasets from the database that are causing performance slowdowns.
Which action should be taken to improve the performance of the backend?

A. Implement Amazon SNS to store the database calls.

B. Implement Amazon ElastiCache to cache the large datasets.

C. Implement an RDS for MySQL read replica to cache database calls.

D. Implement Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose to stream the calls to the database.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company has a three-tier application on AWS that ingests sensor data from its users’ devices. The traffic flows through a Network Load Balancer (NLB), then to Amazon EC2 instances for the web tier, and finally to EC2 instances for the application tier. The application tier makes calls to a database.
What should a solutions architect do to improve the security of the data in transit?

A. Configure a TLS listener. Deploy the server certificate on the NLB.

B. Configure AWS Shield Advanced. Enable AWS WAF on the NLB.

C. Change the load balancer to an Application Load Balancer (ALB). Enable AWS WAF on the ALB.

D. Encrypt the Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume on the EC2 instances by using AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS).








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company recently deployed a new auditing system to centralize information about operating system versions, patching, and installed software for Amazon EC2 instances. A solutions architect must ensure all instances provisioned through EC2 Auto Scaling groups successfully send reports to the auditing system as soon as they are launched and terminated.
Which solution achieves these goals MOST efficiently?

A. Use a scheduled AWS Lambda function and run a script remotely on all EC2 instances to send data to the audit system.

B. Use EC2 Auto Scaling lifecycle hooks to run a custom script to send data to the audit system when instances are launched and terminated.

C. Use an EC2 Auto Scaling launch configuration to run a custom script through user data to send data to the audit system when instances are launched and terminated.

D. Run a custom script on the instance operating system to send data to the audit system. Configure the script to be invoked by the EC2 Auto Scaling group when the instance starts and is terminated.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company hosts a frontend application that uses an Amazon API Gateway API backend that is integrated with AWS Lambda. When the API receives requests, the Lambda function loads many libraries. Then the Lambda function connects to an Amazon RDS database, processes the data, and returns the data to the frontend application. The company wants to ensure that response latency is as low as possible for all its users with the fewest number of changes to the company's operations.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Establish a connection between the frontend application and the database to make queries faster by bypassing the API.

B. Configure provisioned concurrency for the Lambda function that handles the requests.

C. Cache the results of the queries in Amazon S3 for faster retrieval of similar datasets.

D. Increase the size of the database to increase the number of connections Lambda can establish at one time.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: B

A solutions architect wants all new users to have specific complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods for IAM user passwords.
What should the solutions architect do to accomplish this?

A. Set an overall password policy for the entire AWS account.

B. Set a password policy for each IAM user in the AWS account.

C. Use third-party vendor software to set password requirements.

D. Attach an Amazon CloudWatch rule to the Create_newuser event to set the password with the appropriate requirements.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company is building a game system that needs to send unique events to separate leaderboard, matchmaking, and authentication services concurrently. The company needs an AWS event-driven system that guarantees the order of the events.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Amazon EventBridge event bus

B. Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) FIFO topics

C. Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) standard topics

D. Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) FIFO queues








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses Amazon API Gateway to run a private gateway with two REST APIs in the same VPC. The BuyStock RESTful web service calls the CheckFunds RESTful web service to ensure that enough funds are available before a stock can be purchased. The company has noticed in the VPC flow logs that the BuyStock RESTful web service calls the CheckFunds RESTful web service over the internet instead of through the VPC. A solutions architect must implement a solution so that the APIs communicate through the VPC.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the FEWEST changes to the code?

A. Add an X-API-Key header in the HTTP header for authorization.

B. Use an interface endpoint.

C. Use a gateway endpoint.

D. Add an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue between the two REST APIs.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: B

A gaming company is moving its public scoreboard from a data center to the AWS Cloud. The company uses Amazon EC2 Windows Server instances behind an Application Load Balancer to host its dynamic application. The company needs a highly available storage solution for the application. The application consists of static files and dynamic server-side code.
Which combination of steps should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Store the static files on Amazon S3. Use Amazon CloudFront to cache objects at the edge.

B. Store the static files on Amazon S3. Use Amazon ElastiCache to cache objects at the edge.

C. Store the server-side code on Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS). Mount the EFS volume on each EC2 instance to share the files.

D. Store the server-side code on Amazon FSx for Windows File Server. Mount the FSx for Windows File Server volume on each EC2 instance to share the files.

E. Store the server-side code on a General Purpose SSD (gp2) Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume. Mount the EBS volume on each EC2 instance to share the files.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company has an application that is running on Amazon EC2 instances. A solutions architect has standardized the company on a particular instance family and various instance sizes based on the current needs of the company.
The company wants to maximize cost savings for the application over the next 3 years. The company needs to be able to change the instance family and sizes in the next 6 months based on application popularity and usage.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Compute Savings Plan

B. EC2 Instance Savings Plan

C. Zonal Reserved Instances

D. Standard Reserved Instances








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: A

A media company hosts its website on AWS. The website application’s architecture includes a fleet of Amazon EC2 instances behind an Application Load Balancer (ALB) and a database that is hosted on Amazon Aurora. The company’s cybersecurity team reports that the application is vulnerable to SQL injection.
How should the company resolve this issue?

A. Use AWS WAF in front of the ALB. Associate the appropriate web ACLs with AWS WAF.

B. Create an ALB listener rule to reply to SQL injections with a fixed response.

C. Subscribe to AWS Shield Advanced to block all SQL injection attempts automatically.

D. Set up Amazon Inspector to block all SQL injection attempts automatically.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: A

A solutions architect must create a disaster recovery (DR) plan for a high-volume software as a service (SaaS) platform. All data for the platform is stored in an Amazon Aurora MySQL DB cluster.
The DR plan must replicate data to a secondary AWS Region.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use MySQL binary log replication to an Aurora cluster in the secondary Region. Provision one DB instance for the Aurora cluster in the secondary Region.

B. Set up an Aurora global database for the DB cluster. When setup is complete, remove the DB instance from the secondary Region.

C. Use AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to continuously replicate data to an Aurora cluster in the secondary Region. Remove the DB instance from the secondary Region.

D. Set up an Aurora global database for the DB cluster. Specify a minimum of one DB instance in the secondary Region.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: B

A company wants to give a customer the ability to use on-premises Microsoft Active Directory to download files that are stored in Amazon S3. The customer’s application uses an SFTP client to download the files.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead and no changes to the customer’s application?

A. Set up AWS Transfer Family with SFTP for Amazon S3. Configure integrated Active Directory authentication.

B. Set up AWS Database Migration Service (AWS DMS) to synchronize the on-premises client with Amazon S3. Configure integrated Active Directory authentication.

C. Set up AWS DataSync to synchronize between the on-premises location and the S3 location by using AWS IAM Identity Center (AWS Single Sign-On).

D. Set up a Windows Amazon EC2 instance with SFTP to connect the on-premises client with Amazon S3. Integrate AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM).








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company has deployed a web application on AWS. The company hosts the backend database on Amazon RDS for MySQL with a primary DB instance and five read replicas to support scaling needs. The read replicas must lag no more than 1 second behind the primary DB instance. The database routinely runs scheduled stored procedures.
As traffic on the website increases, the replicas experience additional lag during periods of peak load. A solutions architect must reduce the replication lag as much as possible. The solutions architect must minimize changes to the application code and must minimize ongoing operational overhead.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Migrate the database to Amazon Aurora MySQL. Replace the read replicas with Aurora Replicas, and configure Aurora Auto Scaling. Replace the stored procedures with Aurora MySQL native functions.

B. Deploy an Amazon ElastiCache for Redis cluster in front of the database. Modify the application to check the cache before the application queries the database. Replace the stored procedures with AWS Lambda functions.

C. Migrate the database to a MySQL database that runs on Amazon EC2 instances. Choose large, compute optimized EC2 instances for all replica nodes. Maintain the stored procedures on the EC2 instances.

D. Migrate the database to Amazon DynamoDB. Provision a large number of read capacity units (RCUs) to support the required throughput, and configure on-demand capacity scaling. Replace the stored procedures with DynamoDB streams.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

What should a solutions architect do to ensure that all objects uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket are encrypted?

A. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an s3:x-amz-acl header set.

B. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an s3:x-amz-acl header set to private.

C. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an aws:SecureTransport header set to true.

D. Update the bucket policy to deny if the PutObject does not have an x-amz-server-side-encryption header set.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A company has hundreds of Amazon EC2 Linux-based instances in the AWS Cloud. Systems administrators have used shared SSH keys to manage the instances. After a recent audit, the company’s security team is mandating the removal of all shared keys. A solutions architect must design a solution that provides secure access to the EC2 instances.
Which solution will meet this requirement with the LEAST amount of administrative overhead?

A. Use AWS Systems Manager Session Manager to connect to the EC2 instances.

B. Use AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS) to generate one-time SSH keys on demand.

C. Allow shared SSH access to a set of bastion instances. Configure all other instances to allow only SSH access from the bastion instances.

D. Use an Amazon Cognito custom authorizer to authenticate users. Invoke an AWS Lambda function to generate a temporary SSH key.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: A

A company is developing an application to support customer demands. The company wants to deploy the application on multiple Amazon EC2 Nitro-based instances within the same Availability Zone. The company also wants to give the application the ability to write to multiple block storage volumes in multiple EC2 Nitro-based instances simultaneously to achieve higher application availability.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use General Purpose SSD (gp3) EBS volumes with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Multi-Attach

B. Use Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) EBS volumes with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Multi-Attach

C. Use Provisioned IOPS SSD (io2) EBS volumes with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Multi-Attach

D. Use General Purpose SSD (gp2) EBS volumes with Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) Multi-Attach








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company runs applications on Amazon EC2 instances in one AWS Region. The company wants to back up the EC2 instances to a second Region. The company also wants to provision EC2 resources in the second Region and manage the EC2 instances centrally from one AWS account.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Create a disaster recovery (DR) plan that has a similar number of EC2 instances in the second Region. Configure data replication.

B. Create point-in-time Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) snapshots of the EC2 instances. Copy the snapshots to the second Region periodically.

C. Create a backup plan by using AWS Backup. Configure cross-Region backup to the second Region for the EC2 instances.

D. Deploy a similar number of EC2 instances in the second Region. Use AWS DataSync to transfer the data from the source Region to the second Region.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company uses AWS Organizations. The company wants to operate some of its AWS accounts with different budgets. The company wants to receive alerts and automatically prevent provisioning of additional resources on AWS accounts when the allocated budget threshold is met during a specific period.
Which combination of solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose three.)

A. Use AWS Budgets to create a budget. Set the budget amount under the Cost and Usage Reports section of the required AWS accounts.

B. Use AWS Budgets to create a budget. Set the budget amount under the Billing dashboards of the required AWS accounts.

C. Create an IAM user for AWS Budgets to run budget actions with the required permissions.

D. Create an IAM role for AWS Budgets to run budget actions with the required permissions.

E. Add an alert to notify the company when each account meets its budget threshold. Add a budget action that selects the IAM identity created with the appropriate config rule to prevent provisioning of additional resources.

F. Add an alert to notify the company when each account meets its budget threshold. Add a budget action that selects the IAM identity created with the appropriate service control policy (SCP) to prevent provisioning of additional resources.




 

Suggested Answer: BDF

Community Answer: BDF

A company has a stateless web application that runs on AWS Lambda functions that are invoked by Amazon API Gateway. The company wants to deploy the application across multiple AWS Regions to provide Regional failover capabilities.
What should a solutions architect do to route traffic to multiple Regions?

A. Create Amazon Route 53 health checks for each Region. Use an active-active failover configuration.

B. Create an Amazon CloudFront distribution with an origin for each Region. Use CloudFront health checks to route traffic.

C. Create a transit gateway. Attach the transit gateway to the API Gateway endpoint in each Region. Configure the transit gateway to route requests.

D. Create an Application Load Balancer in the primary Region. Set the target group to point to the API Gateway endpoint hostnames in each Region.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A company wants to implement a backup strategy for Amazon EC2 data and multiple Amazon S3 buckets. Because of regulatory requirements, the company must retain backup files for a specific time period. The company must not alter the files for the duration of the retention period.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS Backup to create a backup vault that has a vault lock in governance mode. Create the required backup plan.

B. Use Amazon Data Lifecycle Manager to create the required automated snapshot policy.

C. Use Amazon S3 File Gateway to create the backup. Configure the appropriate S3 Lifecycle management.

D. Use AWS Backup to create a backup vault that has a vault lock in compliance mode. Create the required backup plan.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company runs a Java-based job on an Amazon EC2 instance. The job runs every hour and takes 10 seconds to run. The job runs on a scheduled interval and consumes 1 GB of memory. The CPU utilization of the instance is low except for short surges during which the job uses the maximum CPU available. The company wants to optimize the costs to run the job.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use AWS App2Container (A2C) to containerize the job. Run the job as an Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS) task on AWS Fargate with 0.5 virtual CPU (vCPU) and 1 GB of memory.

B. Copy the code into an AWS Lambda function that has 1 GB of memory. Create an Amazon EventBridge scheduled rule to run the code each hour.

C. Use AWS App2Container (A2C) to containerize the job. Install the container in the existing Amazon Machine Image (AMI). Ensure that the schedule stops the container when the task finishes.

D. Configure the existing schedule to stop the EC2 instance at the completion of the job and restart the EC2 instance when the next job starts.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company is migrating its applications and databases to the AWS Cloud. The company will use Amazon Elastic Container Service (Amazon ECS), AWS Direct Connect, and Amazon RDS.
Which activities will be managed by the company's operational team? (Choose three.)

A. Management of the Amazon RDS infrastructure layer, operating system, and platforms

B. Creation of an Amazon RDS DB instance and configuring the scheduled maintenance window

C. Configuration of additional software components on Amazon ECS for monitoring, patch management, log management, and host intrusion detection

D. Installation of patches for all minor and major database versions for Amazon RDS

E. Ensure the physical security of the Amazon RDS infrastructure in the data center

F. Encryption of the data that moves in transit through Direct Connect




 

Suggested Answer: BCF

Community Answer: BCF

A company has two VPCs named Management and Production. The Management VPC uses VPNs through a customer gateway to connect to a single device in the data center. The Production VPC uses a virtual private gateway with two attached AWS Direct Connect connections. The Management and Production VPCs both use a single VPC peering connection to allow communication between the applications.
What should a solutions architect do to mitigate any single point of failure in this architecture?

A. Add a set of VPNs between the Management and Production VPCs.

B. Add a second virtual private gateway and attach it to the Management VPC.

C. Add a second set of VPNs to the Management VPC from a second customer gateway device.

D. Add a second VPC peering connection between the Management VPC and the Production VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company moved its on-premises PostgreSQL database to an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance. The company successfully launched a new product. The workload on the database has increased. The company wants to accommodate the larger workload without adding infrastructure.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Buy reserved DB instances for the total workload. Make the Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance larger.

B. Make the Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance a Multi-AZ DB instance.

C. Buy reserved DB instances for the total workload. Add another Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance.

D. Make the Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB instance an on-demand DB instance.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

An ecommerce company wants to use machine learning (ML) algorithms to build and train models. The company will use the models to visualize complex scenarios and to detect trends in customer data. The architecture team wants to integrate its ML models with a reporting platform to analyze the augmented data and use the data directly in its business intelligence dashboards.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST operational overhead?

A. Use AWS Glue to create an ML transform to build and train models. Use Amazon OpenSearch Service to visualize the data.

B. Use Amazon SageMaker to build and train models. Use Amazon QuickSight to visualize the data.

C. Use a pre-built ML Amazon Machine Image (AMI) from the AWS Marketplace to build and train models. Use Amazon OpenSearch Service to visualize the data.

D. Use Amazon QuickSight to build and train models by using calculated fields. Use Amazon QuickSight to visualize the data.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company uses high block storage capacity to runs its workloads on premises. The company's daily peak input and output transactions per second are not more than 15,000 IOPS. The company wants to migrate the workloads to Amazon EC2 and to provision disk performance independent of storage capacity.
Which Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume type will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. GP2 volume type

B. io2 volume type

C. GP3 volume type

D. io1 volume type








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is running a custom application on Amazon EC2 On-Demand Instances. The application has frontend nodes that need to run 24 hours a day, 7 days a week and backend nodes that need to run only for a short time based on workload. The number of backend nodes varies during the day.
The company needs to scale out and scale in more instances based on workload.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Use Reserved Instances for the frontend nodes. Use AWS Fargate for the backend nodes.

B. Use Reserved Instances for the frontend nodes. Use Spot Instances for the backend nodes.

C. Use Spot Instances for the frontend nodes. Use Reserved Instances for the backend nodes.

D. Use Spot Instances for the frontend nodes. Use AWS Fargate for the backend nodes.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A serverless application uses Amazon API Gateway, AWS Lambda, and Amazon DynamoDB. The Lambda function needs permissions to read and write to the DynamoDB table.
Which solution will give the Lambda function access to the DynamoDB table MOST securely?

A. Create an IAM user with programmatic access to the Lambda function. Attach a policy to the user that allows read and write access to the DynamoDB table. Store the access_key_id and secret_access_key parameters as part of the Lambda environment variables. Ensure that other AWS users do not have read and write access to the Lambda function configuration.

B. Create an IAM role that includes Lambda as a trusted service. Attach a policy to the role that allows read and write access to the DynamoDB table. Update the configuration of the Lambda function to use the new role as the execution role.

C. Create an IAM user with programmatic access to the Lambda function. Attach a policy to the user that allows read and write access to the DynamoDB table. Store the access_key_id and secret_access_key parameters in AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store as secure string parameters. Update the Lambda function code to retrieve the secure string parameters before connecting to the DynamoDB table.

D. Create an IAM role that includes DynamoDB as a trusted service. Attach a policy to the role that allows read and write access from the Lambda function. Update the code of the Lambda function to attach to the new role as an execution role.








 

Suggested Answer: B

Community Answer: B

A company wants to use an Amazon RDS for PostgreSQL DB cluster to simplify time-consuming database administrative tasks for production database workloads. The company wants to ensure that its database is highly available and will provide automatic failover support in most scenarios in less than 40 seconds. The company wants to offload reads off of the primary instance and keep costs as low as possible.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance deployment. Create one read replica and point the read workload to the read replica.

B. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB duster deployment Create two read replicas and point the read workload to the read replicas.

C. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB instance deployment. Point the read workload to the secondary instances in the Multi-AZ pair.

D. Use an Amazon RDS Multi-AZ DB cluster deployment Point the read workload to the reader endpoint.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company uses AWS Organizations with all features enabled and runs multiple Amazon EC2 workloads in the ap-southeast-2 Region. The company has a service control policy (SCP) that prevents any resources from being created in any other Region. A security policy requires the company to encrypt all data at rest.
An audit discovers that employees have created Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volumes for EC2 instances without encrypting the volumes. The company wants any new EC2 instances that any IAM user or root user launches in ap-southeast-2 to use encrypted EBS volumes. The company wants a solution that will have minimal effect on employees who create EBS volumes.
Which combination of steps will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. In the Amazon EC2 console, select the EBS encryption account attribute and define a default encryption key.

B. Create an IAM permission boundary. Attach the permission boundary to the root organizational unit (OU). Define the boundary to deny the ec2:CreateVolume action when the ec2:Encrypted condition equals false.

C. Create an SCP. Attach the SCP to the root organizational unit (OU). Define the SCP to deny the ec2:CreateVolume action whenthe ec2:Encrypted condition equals false.

D. Update the IAM policies for each account to deny the ec2:CreateVolume action when the ec2:Encrypted condition equals false.

E. In the Organizations management account, specify the Default EBS volume encryption setting.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: CE

A company has a web application with sporadic usage patterns. There is heavy usage at the beginning of each month, moderate usage at the start of each week, and unpredictable usage during the week. The application consists of a web server and a MySQL database server running inside the data center. The company would like to move the application to the AWS Cloud, and needs to select a cost-effective database platform that will not require database modifications.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Amazon DynamoDB

B. Amazon RDS for MySQL

C. MySQL-compatible Amazon Aurora Serverless

D. MySQL deployed on Amazon EC2 in an Auto Scaling group








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has deployed a serverless application that invokes an AWS Lambda function when new documents are uploaded to an Amazon S3 bucket. The application uses the Lambda function to process the documents. After a recent marketing campaign, the company noticed that the application did not process many of the documents.
What should a solutions architect do to improve the architecture of this application?

A. Set the Lambda function's runtime timeout value to 15 minutes.

B. Configure an S3 bucket replication policy. Stage the documents in the S3 bucket for later processing.

C. Deploy an additional Lambda function. Load balance the processing of the documents across the two Lambda functions.

D. Create an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue. Send the requests to the queue. Configure the queue as an event source for Lambda.








 

Suggested Answer: D

Community Answer: D

A developer has an application that uses an AWS Lambda function to upload files to Amazon S3 and needs the required permissions to perform the task. The developer already has an IAM user with valid IAM credentials required for Amazon S3.
What should a solutions architect do to grant the permissions?

A. Add required IAM permissions in the resource policy of the Lambda function.

B. Create a signed request using the existing IAM credentials in the Lambda function.

C. Create a new IAM user and use the existing IAM credentials in the Lambda function.

D. Create an IAM execution role with the required permissions and attach the IAM role to the Lambda function.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: D

A company needs to ingest and handle large amounts of streaming data that its application generates. The application runs on Amazon EC2 instances and sends data to Amazon Kinesis Data Streams, which is configured with default settings. Every other day, the application consumes the data and writes the data to an Amazon S3 bucket for business intelligence (BI) processing. The company observes that Amazon S3 is not receiving all the data that the application sends to Kinesis Data Streams.
What should a solutions architect do to resolve this issue?

A. Update the Kinesis Data Streams default settings by modifying the data retention period.

B. Update the application to use the Kinesis Producer Library (KPL) to send the data to Kinesis Data Streams.

C. Update the number of Kinesis shards to handle the throughput of the data that is sent to Kinesis Data Streams.

D. Turn on S3 Versioning within the S3 bucket to preserve every version of every object that is ingested in the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A payment processing company records all voice communication with its customers and stores the audio files in an Amazon S3 bucket. The company needs to capture the text from the audio files. The company must remove from the text any personally identifiable information (PII) that belongs to customers.
What should a solutions architect do to meet these requirements?

A. Process the audio files by using Amazon Kinesis Video Streams. Use an AWS Lambda function to scan for known PII patterns.

B. When an audio file is uploaded to the S3 bucket, invoke an AWS Lambda function to start an Amazon Textract task to analyze the call recordings.

C. Configure an Amazon Transcribe transcription job with PII redaction turned on. When an audio file is uploaded to the S3 bucket, invoke an AWS Lambda function to start the transcription job. Store the output in a separate S3 bucket.

D. Create an Amazon Connect contact flow that ingests the audio files with transcription turned on. Embed an AWS Lambda function to scan for known PII patterns. Use Amazon EventBridge to start the contact flow when an audio file is uploaded to the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has migrated multiple Microsoft Windows Server workloads to Amazon EC2 instances that run in the us-west-1 Region. The company manually backs up the workloads to create an image as needed.
In the event of a natural disaster in the us-west-1 Region, the company wants to recover workloads quickly in the us-west-2 Region. The company wants no more than 24 hours of data loss on the EC2 instances. The company also wants to automate any backups of the EC2 instances.
Which solutions will meet these requirements with the LEAST administrative effort? (Choose two.)

A. Create an Amazon EC2-backed Amazon Machine Image (AMI) lifecycle policy to create a backup based on tags. Schedule the backup to run twice daily. Copy the image on demand.

B. Create an Amazon EC2-backed Amazon Machine Image (AMI) lifecycle policy to create a backup based on tags. Schedule the backup to run twice daily. Configure the copy to the us-west-2 Region.

C. Create backup vaults in us-west-1 and in us-west-2 by using AWS Backup. Create a backup plan for the EC2 instances based on tag values. Create an AWS Lambda function to run as a scheduled job to copy the backup data to us-west-2.

D. Create a backup vault by using AWS Backup. Use AWS Backup to create a backup plan for the EC2 instances based on tag values. Define the destination for the copy as us-west-2. Specify the backup schedule to run twice daily.

E. Create a backup vault by using AWS Backup. Use AWS Backup to create a backup plan for the EC2 instances based on tag values. Specify the backup schedule to run twice daily. Copy on demand to us-west-2.






 

Suggested Answer: BC

Community Answer: BD

A company runs an infrastructure monitoring service. The company is building a new feature that will enable the service to monitor data in customer AWS accounts. The new feature will call AWS APIs in customer accounts to describe Amazon EC2 instances and read Amazon CloudWatch metrics.
What should the company do to obtain access to customer accounts in the MOST secure way?

A. Ensure that the customers create an IAM role in their account with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions and a trust policy to the company’s account.

B. Create a serverless API that implements a token vending machine to provide temporary AWS credentials for a role with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions.

C. Ensure that the customers create an IAM user in their account with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions. Encrypt and store customer access and secret keys in a secrets management system.

D. Ensure that the customers create an Amazon Cognito user in their account to use an IAM role with read-only EC2 and CloudWatch permissions. Encrypt and store the Amazon Cognito user and password in a secrets management system.








 

Suggested Answer: A

Community Answer: A

A social media company is building a feature for its website. The feature will give users the ability to upload photos. The company expects significant increases in demand during large events and must ensure that the website can handle the upload traffic from users.
Which solution meets these requirements with the MOST scalability?

A. Upload files from the user's browser to the application servers. Transfer the files to an Amazon S3 bucket.

B. Provision an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway. Upload files directly from the user's browser to the file gateway.

C. Generate Amazon S3 presigned URLs in the application. Upload files directly from the user's browser into an S3 bucket.

D. Provision an Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) file system. Upload files directly from the user's browser to the file system.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company needs to connect several VPCs in the us-east-1 Region that span hundreds of AWS accounts. The company's networking team has its own AWS account to manage the cloud network.
What is the MOST operationally efficient solution to connect the VPCs?

A. Set up VPC peering connections between each VPC. Update each associated subnet’s route table

B. Configure a NAT gateway and an internet gateway in each VPC to connect each VPC through the internet

C. Create an AWS Transit Gateway in the networking team’s AWS account. Configure static routes from each VPC.

D. Deploy VPN gateways in each VPC. Create a transit VPC in the networking team’s AWS account to connect to each VPC.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company has multiple Windows file servers on premises. The company wants to migrate and consolidate its files into an Amazon FSx for Windows File Server file system. File permissions must be preserved to ensure that access rights do not change.
Which solutions will meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Deploy AWS DataSync agents on premises. Schedule DataSync tasks to transfer the data to the FSx for Windows File Server file system.

B. Copy the shares on each file server into Amazon S3 buckets by using the AWS CLI. Schedule AWS DataSync tasks to transfer the data to the FSx for Windows File Server file system.

C. Remove the drives from each file server. Ship the drives to AWS for import into Amazon S3. Schedule AWS DataSync tasks to transfer the data to the FSx for Windows File Server file system.

D. Order an AWS Snowcone device. Connect the device to the on-premises network. Launch AWS DataSync agents on the device. Schedule DataSync tasks to transfer the data to the FSx for Windows File Server file system.

E. Order an AWS Snowball Edge Storage Optimized device. Connect the device to the on-premises network. Copy data to the device by using the AWS CLI. Ship the device back to AWS for import into Amazon S3. Schedule AWS DataSync tasks to transfer the data to the FSx for Windows File Server file system.






 

Suggested Answer: AD

Community Answer: AD

A company uses on-premises servers to host its applications. The company is running out of storage capacity. The applications use both block storage and NFS storage. The company needs a high-performing solution that supports local caching without re-architecting its existing applications.
Which combination of actions should a solutions architect take to meet these requirements? (Choose two.)

A. Mount Amazon S3 as a file system to the on-premises servers.

B. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway file gateway to replace NFS storage.

C. Deploy AWS Snowball Edge to provision NFS mounts to on-premises servers.

D. Deploy an AWS Storage Gateway volume gateway to replace the block storage.

E. Deploy Amazon Elastic File System (Amazon EFS) volumes and mount them to on-premises servers.






 

Suggested Answer: BD

Community Answer: BD

A company has a service that reads and writes large amounts of data from an Amazon S3 bucket in the same AWS Region. The service is deployed on Amazon EC2 instances within the private subnet of a VPC. The service communicates with Amazon S3 over a NAT gateway in the public subnet. However, the company wants a solution that will reduce the data output costs.
Which solution will meet these requirements MOST cost-effectively?

A. Provision a dedicated EC2 NAT instance in the public subnet. Configure the route table for the private subnet to use the elastic network interface of this instance as the destination for all S3 traffic.

B. Provision a dedicated EC2 NAT instance in the private subnet. Configure the route table for the public subnet to use the elastic network interface of this instance as the destination for all S3 traffic.

C. Provision a VPC gateway endpoint. Configure the route table for the private subnet to use the gateway endpoint as the route for all S3 traffic.

D. Provision a second NAT gateway. Configure the route table for the private subnet to use this NAT gateway as the destination for all S3 traffic.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

A company is conducting an internal audit. The company wants to ensure that the data in an Amazon S3 bucket that is associated with the company’s AWS Lake Formation data lake does not contain sensitive customer or employee data. The company wants to discover personally identifiable information (PII) or financial information, including passport numbers and credit card numbers.
Which solution will meet these requirements?

A. Configure AWS Audit Manager on the account. Select the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards (PCI DSS) for auditing.

B. Configure Amazon S3 Inventory on the S3 bucket Configure Amazon Athena to query the inventory.

C. Configure Amazon Macie to run a data discovery job that uses managed identifiers for the required data types.

D. Use Amazon S3 Select to run a report across the S3 bucket.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C

An ecommerce company runs an application in the AWS Cloud that is integrated with an on-premises warehouse solution. The company uses Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) to send order messages to an on-premises HTTPS endpoint so the warehouse application can process the orders. The local data center team has detected that some of the order messages were not received.
A solutions architect needs to retain messages that are not delivered and analyze the messages for up to 14 days.
Which solution will meet these requirements with the LEAST development effort?

A. Configure an Amazon SNS dead letter queue that has an Amazon Kinesis Data Stream target with a retention period of 14 days.

B. Add an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) queue with a retention period of 14 days between the application and Amazon SNS.

C. Configure an Amazon SNS dead letter queue that has an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) target with a retention period of 14 days.

D. Configure an Amazon SNS dead letter queue that has an Amazon DynamoDB target with a TTL attribute set for a retention period of 14 days.








 

Suggested Answer: C

Community Answer: C